Hyundai Electronics Co HD-MIC1900 User Manual cover

Download:
Mirror Download [FCC.gov]
Document ID	48794
Application ID	WLyKWywlWHgMcZgTuR62BQ==
Document Description	Users Manual
Short Term Confidential	No
Permanent Confidential	No
Supercede	No
Document Type	User Manual
Display Format	Adobe Acrobat PDF - pdf
Filesize	174.2kB (2177532 bits)
Date Submitted	1999-07-16 00:00:00
Date Available	1999-09-28 00:00:00
Creation Date	0000-00-00 00:00:00
Producing Software	Acrobat PDFWriter 3.02 for Windows
Document Lastmod	1999-07-12 12:03:27
Document Title	cover.PDF
Document Creator	Microsoft Word
Document Author:	Unknown

USER’S MANUAL
for HD-BSC 960 and HD-MIC 1900
1999. 3
Copyright
1999 Hyundai Electronics Industries Co., Ltd.
All rights are reserved. No part of this document may be used or
reproduced in any means without the prior written permission of
the copyright holders.
User’s Manual
Table of Contents
Chapter 1. System Overview
1.1 Purpose of this document
1.2 Features of Hyundai CDMA System
1.3 Overview
Chapter 2. BSC Basics
2.1 System Overview and Specification
2.1.1 Overview
2.1.2 Specifications and Characteristics
2.2 H/W Structure and Function
2.2.1 Overview
2.2.2 Structure of Subsystem
2.3 S/W Structure and Function
2.3.1 Overview
2.3.2 Structure
Chapter 3. BSM Operation & Administration
3.1 BSM Operation
3.1.1 Overview
3.1.2 Main Display Structure
3.1.3 Main Button
3.1.4 Command Buttons
3.1.5 Service Button
3.1.6 Operations of “Alarm” window
3.2 System Status Management
3.2.1 System Status Test
3.2.2 System Diagnosis
3.2.3 Statistics
3.3 Data Management
3.3.1 Access Channel Parameter
3.3.2 Access Parameter
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
User’s Manual
Chapter 1 System Overview
1.1 Purpose of this document
This chapter contains description of Hyundai Micro-BTS PCS System that is operating on
800MHz and 1.9GHz frequency band, repectively.
1.2 Features of Hyundai CDMA System
There are two sub-systems in Hyundai CDMA system ; Micro-BTS and BSC. BSC
interfaces with switching equipment and has roles of vocoding and call processing. MicroBTS is functionally located between MS (Mobile Station) and BSC. Hyundai Micro-BTS
has channel resource unit and radio frequency RF unit similar to the conventional 3-Sector
BTS. Contrary to conventional 3-Sector BTS, Hyundai Micro-BTS is small in size, easily
can be installed and maintained, and is very cheap in cost.
1.3 Overview
Hyundai Micro-BTS system can support 2FA/3Sector using 2 racks, but Micro-BTS system
is composed of 1FA/3sector system for the FCC authorization. Thus this manual will
describe all of the specifications based on 1FA/3sector system.
The system configuration is shown in Figure 1.1. In this configuration, there are 1 BSC and
3 Micro-BTS systems. Each Micro-BTS system is separately located in 3 sites. Micro-BTS
can use 2 types of antenna subsystem, RRU (Remote RF Unit) and AAU (Active Antenna
Unit). RRU is connected to Micro-BTS main system through AIU (Antenna Interface Unit)
and AAU through AIDU (Active Internal Distribution Unit). In case of trunk line, we have
several solutions, T1 and E1. We use T1 trunk line in USA. It means that we do not use
HLEA but HLTA as trunk card.
BSM manages and maintains Micro-BTS and BSC. It communicates with each system by
transmitting and receiving packets through LCIN. Its features include performance
management, configuration management, fault management, etc..
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
1-1
User’s Manual
DEC, 8, 1998
System Configuration for Test_Bed
GPS Antenna
BSC_COMR
MSC RACK
FANU
BSCGPS
ACP
ACP
CSB
CCP
TSB
MSC(Switch)
LCIN
FANU
GCIN
FANU
BSM
1x T1 leased line
RRU-B1
RRU-B1
1x T1 leased line
RRU-B1
1x T1 leased line
MBTR1
MBTR1
DU
MBTR
DU
BMP
TFU
GPS Antenna
GPS Antenna
GPS Antenna
BMP
BMP
DU
TFU
MBTR1
TFU
DU
BMP
RFU
RFU
RFU
RPU
RPU
RPU
AIU-B1
AIU-B1
AIU-B1
: Micro-BTS Rack
: Digital Unit
: BTS Main Processor
: Time & Frequency Unit
RFU
RPU
AIU
RRU
: Radio Frequency Unit
: Rectifier Power Unit
: Antenna Interface Unit
: Remote RF Unit
GPS
MSC
BSC
BSM
TFU
: Global Positioning System
: Mobile Switching Center
: Base Station Controller
: Base Station Manager
Figure 1.1 Configuration of system for field trial
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
1-2
User’s Manual
3.3.3 Information of Micro-BTS Configuration
3.3.4 Base Station CDMA Environment
3.3.5 Base Station CDMA Information
3.3.6 Base Station Channel List Message
3.3.7 Extended System Parameter Information
3.3.8 Forward Link Power Information
3.3.9 Paging Channel Parameter
3.3.10 Psync Channel Parameter
3.3.11 RFC Parameter
3.3.12 Forward Link Power Control Data
3.3.13 Reverse Link Power Control Data
3.3.14 Base Station Cell Information
3.3.15 Corresponding Sector Information of Micro-BTS
3.3.16 Sync Channel Message
3.3.17 System Parameter
3.3.18 System Parameter Message
3.3.19 Traffic Channel Parameter
3.4 Call Processing System
3.4.1 Overview
3.4.2 Call Processing Flow
3.4.3 Call Trace
3.4.4 Call Release Reason and State
Chapter 4. BSC References
4.1 Rack Configuration
4.2 DIP Switch & Strap
4.2.1 Summary
4.2.2 Purpose
4.2.3 Address Setting in Common
4.2.4 MCDA (Main Control & Duplication board Assembly-A1)
4.2.5 CIFA-A1 (Cin Interface Function board Assembly-A1)
4.2.6 HICA-A2 (High capacity Ipc Control board Assembly-A2)
4.2.7 HRNA-A2 (High capacity Routing Node Assembly-A2)
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
User’s Manual
4.2.8 HNTA-A2 (High capacity ipc Node & T1 interface Assembly-A2)
4.2.9 TFSA-A1 (Time & Frequency Split Assembly-A1)
4.2.10 TSGA-A1 (Time & frequency Splitting Generation Assembly-A1)
4.2.11 TFDA-A1 (Time & Frequency Distribution Assembly-A1)
4.2.12 VSIA-C1 (Vocoder Selector Interface Assembly-C1)
4.2.13 VSOA-A1 (Vocoder Selector Operation Assembly-A1)
4.2.14 CHBB-A1 (Cin Hipc Back Board-A1)
4.2.15 CCBB-A1 (CCp Back wiring Board-A1)
4.2.16 ACPA-A1 (Alarm Control Processor Assembly-A1)
4.2.17 SDBB-A1 (CKd Split & Distributed Back Board-A1)
4.2.18 TSBB-A1 (TSb Back Board-A1)
4.2.19 BABB-A1 (Bsc Alarm Back Board-A1)
4.2.20 HSBB-A1 (HIPC Small BackBoard-A1)
4.3 LED Descriptions
4.4 Command List
4.5 Acronym
Chapter 5. Micro-BTS Basics
5.1 System Overview and Specification
5.1.1 Overview
5.1.2 Functions
5.1.3 System Specification
5.2 Micro-BTS Structure and Configuration
5.2.1 Micro-BTS Structure
5.2.2 Micro-BTS Block Configuration
5.3 H/W Structure and Function
5.3.1 BMP
5.3.2 DU
5.3.3 TFU
5.3.4 RFU
5.3.5 Antenna Subsystem (AIU-RRU, AIDU-AAU)
5.3.6 BTU
5.3.7 RPU
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
User’s Manual
5.4 S/W Structure and Function
5.4.1 Overview
5.4.2 Basic Functions
5.5 Abbreviations
Chapter 6. Micro-BTS References
6.1 Rack Configuration
6.1.1 MBTR I (1.9GHz)
6.1.2 MBTR I (800MHz)
6.2 DIP Switch and Strap
6.2.1 Summary
6.2.2 Purpose
6.2.3 Address Setting in Common
6.2.4 BMPA-B1
6.2.5 CDCA-B1
6.2.6 BICA-B1
6.2.7 HLTA-B1
6.3 LED Descriptions
6.3.1 BMP
6.3.2 DU
6.3.3 TFU
6.3.4 RPU
6.4 Alarm Source List
6.5 Abbreviations
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
User’s Manual
Chapter 2 BSC Basics
2.1 System Overview and Specification
2.1.1 Overview
BSC is located between MSC and BTS. It carries out a wire/wireless link control function,
handoff function and transcoding function. And it is made up of a LCIN, GCIN, TSB, CCP,
CSB, CKD, BSC-GPS, and BSM block. [Refer to Fig.2.1].
BSC-GPS
Others BSC
IPC
BSM
IPC
GCIN
BTS0
BTS1
T1
IPC
T1
IPC
IPC
T1
IPC
LCIN
IPC
IPC
TSB
T1
CCP
CSB
ACP
CKD
T1
BTS59
BTS
BSC
MSC
Figure 2.1 Configuration of BSC
Each block does following functions.
• BSM is a system used to operate the entire BSC and BTS, to manage their resources,
status and configuration, and to execute the user interface, and maintenance. It consists
of a SUN Sparc Workstation and the various types of input/output devices for enhancing
user's convenience.
• LCIN is a network that provides the communication paths of packet-type data between
subsystems. LCIN routes and transmits packet data within BSC and it has trunk interface
function between BSC and BTS.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
2-1
User’s Manual
• GCIN is a network that provides the communication paths of packet-type data between
LCINs. GCIN also provides the communication path between BSM and other processor.
• CCP is a processor system that carries out the call processing and soft-handoff
processing function for entire BSC, allocates wireless resource of BSC, and controls
overload of vocoders and the main processor of BSC.
• CSB converts the IPC protocol of CCP into the No.7 protocol to access to MSC through
the trunk of TSB block.
• BSC-GPS is a system for providing the reference time used in the CDMA system. CKD
converts the clocks received from BSC-GPS and then, distributes synchronization
signals required for the system.
• ACP collects the various types of alarm status in BSC and then, reports them to BSM in
order to carry out system O & M efficiently.
• TSB is connected to MSC with T1 trunk. TSB converts the PCM voice signal of 64Kbps
received through this with the QCELP algorithm and it sends the converted signal to the
channel unit of BTS. In addition, it carries out the reverse function of the above.
Moreover, after being linked to the BTS, it executes a handoff function and power control
function on radio link.
2.1.2 Specifications and Characteristics
2.1.2.1 Specifications of BSC
(1) Capacities
• Number of controlled BTS : 60BTS/BSC
• Number of voice channel : 960 CH/BSC
• Number of BSC which are inter-accessible : 12BSC/MSC
• Maximum capable subscribers : 30,000 subscribers/BSC (Br 1%, 0.03Erlang)
(2) Link protocol
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
2-2
User’s Manual
• BSC-MSC Link
T1 for Traffic
SS No.7 for signaling & control (ITU-T STD)
• BTS-BSC Link
Un-channelized T1
(3) Power
• DC - 48 V
• Integration of storage battery is possible.
(4) Specification of LCIN
• Up to 112 T1 Trunk to BTS
• Function of Remote Loop-back
• Function of transmit/receive of Remote alarm
(5) Specification of CCP & CSB
• Use 32bit Main Processor
• Interface function with LCIN
• Interface to MSC
(6) Specification of TSB
• Interface to MSC with T1
• Accepts 48 Transcoding channel per TSB
• 12 Vocoder Channels/Channel Card
(7) Specification of GCIN
• 4 links to a LCIN
• Up to 12 LCIN connection capability
• RS-422 links for LCIN links, BSM and other processors
(8) Specification of BSM
• Main Frame
: Use commercial workstation
• Main Processor
: SPARC Processor processing rate more than 80MIPS
• Main Memory
: more than 64Mbyte
• Hard Disk
: more than 2Gbyte
• Tape Drive
: more than 150Mbyte
• Parallel Port
: Connect with High Speed Printer
• HDLC Card
: support the rate more than 2.048Mbps and functions of X.25
connection
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
2-3
User’s Manual
• Audio I/O Port
: supply alarm function
• Software
: Motif/X11, Informix DBMS
2.1.2.2 Characteristics
(1) Distributed control structure and duplication of main part
(2) Using the link that is capable of high reliability and high speed data transmit
(3) Increasing the trunk efficiency by packet transmit
(4) Real-time processing of system by real-time OS
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
2-4
User’s Manual
2.2 H/W Structure and Function
2.2.1 Overview
Hardware structure of BSC is shown in Fig.2.2 and traffic and data communication is
accomplished in connection with BTS, CCP, CSB, TSB, BSC-GPS & ACP and BSM with
placing LCIN and GCIN as a Packet Router. For interconnection between BSC, extension
of system is possible using private Router (HRNA-A2). Therefore, structure is designed
that soft handoff is possible between BTSs controlled by different BSCs
IPC
HRNA
HICA
BSC-GPS
HRNA
BSM
HRNA
GCIN
IPC
CKD
LCIN
T1
To/From
BTS0
BTS59
T1
HRNA
HRNA
HRNA
HRNA
HICA
HRNA
IPC
ACP
TSB
SYSTEM BUS
31
IPC
T1
HRNA
HRNA
IPC
HRNA
IPC
CCP
MCDA
CSB
CIFA
CIFA
MCDA
ST-BUS
T1
To/From MSC
Figure 2.2 H/W Structure of BSC
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
2-5
User’s Manual
2.2.2 Structure of Subsystem
2.2.2.1 LCIN (Local CDMA Interconnection Network)
LCIN receives Packet Data transmitted by each subsystem connected to BSC and routes
the Packet Data to destination address that are added in overhead of Packet.
(1) Functions of LCIN
• CDMA Traffic Information Routing between BTS and TSB
• Information Routing between BTS, CCP.
• Internal information Routing among TSB, CCP, CSB, TFGA-A1 and ACP
(2) H/W Structure of LCIN
After LCIN converts Packet Data which are inputted by each subsystem in BSC to
16-bit parallel data, analyzes Packet Address and converts them again to Serial data
via internal Routing and routes them to corresponding subsystem. LCIN consists of
HICA-A2, HRNA-A2, HNTA-A2 and backboard CHBB-A1 card.
1) HICA-A2 (High-performance IPC Control Board Assembly-A2)
HICA-A2 performs network management functions of LCIN that is made up of
nodes providing communication path between processor of BSC and BTS.
For management of communication network, LCIN have control and maintenance
channel (M-BUS) responsible for fault processing and node status monitoring and
communication channel (U-Link) with other processor. HICA-A2 generates BUS
arbitration control signal between nodes of D-BUS and exchanges common bus for
data of each node. HICA-A2 performs each PBA’s status management and
maintenance of LCIN block, and status management and maintenance of Link.
2) HRNA-A2 (High performance IPC Routing Node Assembly-A2)
HRNA-A2 have 8 Nodes. It is a PBA having the function of node that is basic unit of
IPC (Inter Processor Communication) in LCIN. HRNA-A2 is an interface board by
which each subsystem can be accessed to LCIN. After converting the packet data
that are inputted through RS-422 parallel interface, it outputs the converted data on
packet bus (D-BUS) of LCIN according to the routing control signal of HICA-A2.
HRNA-A2 performs that extracts 3 bytes destination address of Packet Data that is
loaded on D-Bus and accepts the packet only if the compared result of destination
address of Packet Data with node address of itself are equal, then converts it to
serial type and transmits it to each subsystem.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
2-6
User’s Manual
HRNA-A2 performs the functions that receives control command from HICA-A2 and
reports the status of HRNA-A2 using dualized serial control bus (M-BUS).
HRNA-A2 has the functions that detects various fault per node and D-BUS fault
occurs in operation, and reports detected faults to HICA-A2 through M-BUS.
HRNA-A2 performs fault recovery functions by initializing fault detected node and
switching of D-BUS.
3) HNTA-A2 (High Performance IPC Node & T1 trunk interface Board Assembly-A2)
HNTA-A2 is used for linking T1 trunk in LCIN. BSC and BTS are accessed each
other through Digital Trunk and HNTA-A2 performs link functions of T1 Trunk Line.
HNTA-A2 performs functions of Node and link of Trunks simultaneously, and have 8
node and 8 T1 digital trunk interface.
HNTA-A2 performs the functions that receives control command from HICA-A2
through M-BUS and exchanges packet between node through D-BUS.
HNTA-A2 performs the functions that tries to recover by fault detection of D-BUS
and monitors and reports the status of Trunk.
(3) Structure Diagram of LCIN
• LCIN consists of Routing functions based on BSC unit.
• LCIN consists of BTS link interface functions using T1 Trunk Line.
The following Fig.2.3 describes structure diagram of LCIN
Data Bus (D-Bus)
Maintenance Bus (M-Bus)
T1
HICA-A2
u-link
HNTA-A2
HRNA-A2
BTS
U-Link
BSC Blocks & Units
Figure 2.3 Structure Diagram of LCIN
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
2-7
User’s Manual
(4) Address System
LCIN uses 3 byte address system enough to process traffic resources in BS (BTS &
BSC).
2.2.2.2 TSB (Transcoding & Selector Bank)
(1) Functions of TSB
• CCP by MSC allocates resources when call setup
• provides information about code transition by mobile and registration in the process of
call processing
• removes vocoder when call releases
• corresponding Card to Channel Element of BTS
• performs vocoder functions of voice
• performs functions of Rate Adaptation of Data and Coder/Decoder
• performs function of Selection for Soft-Handoff
• performs Power Control functions (Forward Power Control & Open Loop Power
Control)
(2) Hardware structure of TSB
• TSB consists of VSIA-C1 connected to LCIN and VSOA-A1 mounted with vocoder
• has 92 Transcoding Channel per TSB 1Unit (T1)
• VSIA-C1 performs functions that receives serial Packet data inputted from LCIN,
converts to parallel data, transmits to VSOA-A1 mounted with vocoder, receives data
vocoded in VSOA-A1 and converted to PCM type through ST-BUS, makes data
multiplex and transmits to MSC.
• VSOA-A1 is mounted with 12 vocoder performs functions that converts QCELP Packet
Data to PCM Voice Code and PCM Voice Code to QCELP Packet Data.
(3) Structure Diagram of TSB
The following Fig.2.4 describes structure diagram of TSB
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
2-8
User’s Manual
MSC
ALM
2 T1
T1
CPU
MC68360
ST-BUS
DSP
DSP
DSP
Module
DSP
Module
Module
Module
ST-BUS
ROUTER
I/F
MCU
AM29240
ROUTER
I/F
MCU
AM29240
ROUTER
I/F
HDLC
VSIA-C1
ST-BUS
RS-422
LCIN
CKD
DSP
DSP
DSP
Module
DSP
Module
Module
Module
VSOA-A1
Figure 2.4 Structure Diagram of TSB
2.2.2.3 CCP (Call Control Processor)
(1) Functions of CCP
• performs all of call processing related control functions of BSC
• exchanges CDMA related information among BTS, TSB and MSC
• controls Soft-Handoff and Hard-Handoff
• supports Paging
• controls overload and manages TSB
(2) Hardware structure of CCP, CSB
CCP consists of main processor MCDA and CIFA responsible for inter-processor
communication with HRNA in LCIN.
When using No.7 Signaling mode, CCP system is connected to CSB block through
CIFA-A1 via LCIN block and CSB block transfers this message to MSC through Trunk
after converting this message appropriate for No.7 Protocol.
1) MCDA (Main Control Duplication Assembly)
MCDA communicates with CIFA-A1 using MPS-bus. It is responsible for
communication with dualized block. If Power of MCDA is ON, Booter operates, and
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
2-9
User’s Manual
MCDA determines whether active or standby of itself through S channel of MFP in
result of negotiation with other MCDA and requests loading. If MCDA operates
normally after OS Loading, MCDA controls call processing and manages Selector.
2) CIFA-A1 (CIN Interface Board Assembly)
CIFA-A1 is an interface board responsible for communication with external and has
functions of MPS-bus link and direct DATA communication with CIN block.
For connection with LCIN, CIFA-A1 transmits and receives control information using
Address Decoding & Zero insertion/deletion, CRC generation and check function
through HDLC Protocol.
3) Structure Diagram of CCP, CSB
The following Fig.2.5 describes structure of CCP
LCIN
VSIA-C1
MCDA
CIFA-A1
MSC
Figure 2.5 Structure of CCP
2.2.2.5 BSC-GPS/CKD (Clock Distributor)
(1) Functions of BSC-GPS/CKD
• BSC-GPS block is located in CMNR of BSC (Base Station Controller). When 1PPS and
10MHz from GBSU-A1 (GPS) are inputted to TFSA-A1, then it converts and distributes
them into clock necessary in BSC, and provides them through TFDA-A1 to TSB and
LCIN. Number of providing clocks is 16 in minimum and 32 clocks in maximum.
• Distributed Clock : 4.096MHz, 2.048MHz, 1.544MHz, FP (8KHz), FOI (8KHz), 50Hz,
1Hz
(2) Hardware structure of BSC-GPS/CKD
BSC-GPS/CKD consists of GPS Receiver, TFSA-A1 that receives clock, Clock
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
2-10
User’s Manual
generator (TFGA-A1) and Clock distributor (TFDA-A1).
The structure Diagram of CKD is shown in Figure 2.7.
GPS
RECEIVER-A
TFSA-A1
HDLC
RS-422
TFGA-A1
TOD
BSM
RS-422
Clocks
TSB or CIN
16CLK PORT
Figure 2.7 Structure Diagram of CKD
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
2-11
User’s Manual
2.2.2.6 ACP (Alarm Control Processor)
(1) Structure and Functions of ACP
ACP block is located in BSC (Base Station Controller) and has functions of collecting
alarm sources of each subsystem by H/W and reporting to BSM by S/W. This block is
mounted one per one BSC and one ACP block is mounted on a ACPA-A1 board and
can monitor 26 alarm ports in maximum. Each alarm port is connected to each
subsystem of BSC more than one and monitors OFF-FAIL of important board and
power module.
If system extends and number of alarm port is increased, additional ACP blocks can be
mounted.
(2) Structure Diagram of ACP
The following Fig.2.8 describes structure diagram of ACP
ACPA-A1
IPC-HDLC
LCIN
BSM
Alarm Information
CCP
LCIN
CKD
TSB
Figure 2.8 Structure Diagram of ACP
2.2.2.7 GCIN (Global CDMA Interconnection Network)
GCIN receives Packet Data transmitted by each subsystem connected to GCIN . GCIN
also receives Packet Data transmitted from a LCIN to other LCIN. GCIN routes the Packet
Data to destination address which are added in overhead of Packet.
(1) Functions of GCIN
• CDMA Traffic Information Routing between LCINs
• Information Routing between LCINs and BSM.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
2-12
User’s Manual
• Internal information Routing among TFSA-A1, HICA-A2 , BSM.
(2) H/W Structure of GCIN
GCIN converts Packet Data which are inputted by each link from LCIN or subsystems
in GCIN to 16-bit parallel data, GCIN analyzes Packet Address and converts them
again to Serial data via internal Routing and routes them to corresponding subsystem
or links. GCIN consists of HICA-A2, HRNA-A2, and backboard HSBB-A1 card.
1) HICA-A2 (High-performance IPC Control Board Assembly-A2)
HICA-A2 performs network management functions of GCIN which is made up of
nodes providing communication path between processor of BSC and BTS.
For management of communication network, GCIN has control and maintenance
channel (M-BUS) responsible for fault processing and node status monitoring and
communication channel (U-Link) with other processor. HICA-A2 generates BUS
arbitration control signal between nodes of D-BUS, common bus for data exchange
of each node. HICA-A2 performs each PBA’s status management and maintenance
of LCIN block, and status management and maintenance of Link.
2) HRNA-A2 (High performance IPC Routing Node Assembly-A2)
HRNA-A2 has 8 Nodes. It is a PBA having the function of node which is basic unit of
IPC (Inter Processor Communication) in GCIN. HRNA-A2 is an interface board by
which each subsystem can be accessed to GCIN. After converting the packet data
which are inputted through RS-422 parallel interface, it outputs the converted data
on packet bus (D-BUS) of GCIN according to the routing control signal of HICA-A2.
HRNA-A2 performs that extracts 3 bytes destination address of Packet Data which
are loaded on D-Bus and accepts the packet only if the compared results of
destination address of Packet Data with node address of itself are equal, then
converts it to serial type and transmits it to each subsystem.
HRNA-A2 performs the functions that receives control command from HICA-A2 and
reports the status of HRNA-A2 using dualized serial control bus (M-BUS).
HRNA-A2 have the functions that detects various fault per node and D-BUS fault
occurs in operation, and reports detected faults to HICA-A2 through M-BUS.
HRNA-A2 performs fault recovery functions by initializing fault detected node and
switching of D-BUS.
(3) Structure Diagram of GCIN
• GCIN consists of Routing functions between LCINs.
• GCIN consists of Routing functions between subsystems in GCIN.
The following Fig.2.9 describes structure diagram of GCIN
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
2-13
User’s Manual
Data Bus (D-Bus)
Maintenance Bus (M-Bus)
HICA-A2
u-link
HNTA-A2/
HNEA-A2
HRNA-A2
T1/E1
BTS
U-Link
BSC Blocks & Units
Figure 2.9 Structure Diagram of GCIN
(4) Address System
GCIN uses 3 byte address system enough to process traffic resources in BS (BTS &
BSC).
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
2-14
User’s Manual
2.3 S/W Structure and Function
2.3.1 Overview
Software of CCP and TSB consists of an operation and maintenance Software and a
control and resource management Software of each subsystem.
Software of BSM can largely be divided into an operation function and a general function.
The operation function consists of a software taking charge of system loading, system
structure management and performance management and a software taking charge of
maintenance function that detects, isolates and recovers abnormally-running device.
The general function consists of software taking charge of data communication function,
data management function, and manager link function.
2.3.2 Structure
2.3.2.1 CCP Software
(1) CCOX (Call Control eXecution)
• Origination and Termination call processing processed by the unit of Process CCOX
registers and manages their call by the unit of Process and releases Process by Call
Release function.
• Origination call processing, in case of receiving Call Request of Handset from BS,
allocates selector and ensures traffic channel by using resource allocation function
and requests Call Setup to MSC. If the approval from MSC is identified, Call Setup of
Origination call processing is completed
• Termination call processing, in case of receiving Paging Request from MSC, allocates
selector and ensures traffic channel by using resource allocation function and
completes Call Setup of termination call processing
• Origination and Termination Call Release are performed in case of requesting Call
Release by telephone network subscriber or Handset, and cause Call Path and
wireless channel and inform it of data processing function
• also, performs designated path CALL SETUP and CALL TRACE function
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
2-15
User’s Manual
(2) CDAX (CCP Database Access eXecution)
• It is a library that supplies various functions able to read, write and access the
operation information in CCP and the PLD saving configuration information.
(3) CRAX (CCP Resource Allocation eXecution)
• initialization of configuration information of CCP
• statistics library supply
• available call resource library supply
(4) CMMX (CCP Measurement Manager eXecution)
This block has a function for measurement and statistics processing.
• statistics data collection & measurement
• statistics data report
• linking with call processing S/W & library call
• statistics count decision (event collection /accumulation/totalization)
(5) CDIAX (CCP DIAgnosis eXecution)
It consists of diagnostic function and performance drop prevention function by
diagnosis in initialization and system operation
• diagnosis for process, Device, path
• automatic diagnosis for vocoder and link
(6) CSHX (CCP Status Handling eXecution)
It consists of functions for state management of system
• processor state checking
• management of vocoder and link state
• information supply for available resource
(7) CRMX (CCP Resource Management eXecution))
It consists of functions for resource configuration management
• configuration control of resource
• resource data processing by MMC
• common data (BCP&CCP Common Data) loading and data display
(8) CPLX (CCP Process Loader eXecution)
It consists of initial Loading and Loading function in operation.
• Start and Restart of initial system
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
2-16
User’s Manual
• Start and Restart of process
• Stand-by Loading
• initialization (data initialization, process initialization and state identification)
2.3.2.2 Software Structure of CCP
The following Fig.2.10 describes S/W structure of CCP
CCOX
CRMX
CSHX
PLD
CDAX
CRAX
CDIAX
CPLX
CMMX
Figure 2.10 S/W Structure of CCP
2.3.2.3 TSB S/W Structure
TSB S/W (from now on, SVPX) is the S/W block driven over VSOA board, since two
Processors exist in one board, each Processor process six channels. SVPX processes
traffics and signals coming from Mobile, CE and CCP. SVPX consists of following Tasks.
[Refer to Fig.2.11]
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
2-17
User’s Manual
Main Task
Call proc Task
Handoff Task
CCP msg
routine
Layer2 Task
Power Control
Task
Vocoder
Rx Int Server
Tx Int Server
Voice
Signal
29K Driver
CCP
BTS
(CE)
Figure 2.11 TSB S/W Structure
(1) 29K Driver
As initial Task after SVPX is loaded , it initializes processor and plays an interface role
between AP and Devices. Other tasks are processed over this Driver
(2) Main Task
If main task takes over control from Driver, it initializes Queue and Vocoder state and
generates task and initializes it.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
2-18
User’s Manual
(3) Rx Interrupt Server
Traffic Frame transmits and receives one frame every 20msec per call. Some of
reverse frame coming from Mobile every 20msec contain a vocoded voice data and a
CAI (Common Air Interface) message for call processing.
The Voice data is transmitted into Vocoder, the CAI message is transmitted into
Callproc Task, and control message coming from CE is also transmitted into Callproc
Task.
Rx Interrupt server estimates frame quality by Quality Metric value and transmits that
into Reverse Power Control, practices Rx Frame Selection in case of handoff.
(4) Tx Interrupt Server
It makes Forward Frame every 20ms and also transmits that. In case of handoff, it
multicasts to maximum three BTSs.
(5) Layer2 Task
It processes ACK_SEQ, MSG_SEQ and ACK_REQ field of respective message to
accomplish reliable message exchange between Mobile, CE and BS.
It processes Ack of a receiving message and retransmits a transmitting message in
case of necessity
(6) Callproc Task
It performs appropriate call processing according to signal from Mobile, CE and CCP.
(7) Handoff Task
In case of processing control message related to Handoff, it is according to handoff
decision of CCP. And it performs corresponding handoff type. Handoff type is largely
divided into SOFTER H/O, SOFT H/O and HARD H/O.
(8) Power Control Task
According to PMRM (Power Measurement Report Message) or Erasure Indicator Bit
coming from Mobile, it performs Forward Power Control indicating Forward Traffic
Channel Gain adjustment into CE every 20ms and indicates Reverse Traffic Power
adjustment of Mobile through CE every 1.25ms, after checking FER of Reverse Traffic
Frame
2.3.2.4 BSM Software
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
2-19
User’s Manual
(1) CDMX (Configuration Data Manager eXecution)
1) Block Summary and Working Function
A CDMX block manages some data such as operation parameter requested to
perform Inherent function of BTS and BSC subsystems and hardware placement
information. Also, the CDMX receives a command through manager link in BSM to
supply coherence of data alternation and adaptation and processes that. And the
CDMX saves the processed result in database and reports it to manager.
The CDMX consists of a CDM_interface unit which makes corresponding function
work by analyzing the message received from UIM (User Interface Manager), a
PLD_access unit for PLD access and a Data_send unit for data transmission into
subsystem. After classifying the received message, The CDMX process the
command and sends the processing result to UIM
2) Block Flowchart
The following Fig.2.12 describes CDMX block flowchart.
a. informs BIM that CDM is in normal state.
b. sends the processing results received from UIM for mamager's command for
data processing.
c. In case of Data Change Request, send data to the CRM and receive result.
d. receives a PLD Change Request Message from the APP
e. sends processing result to the APP.
BIM
UMH
CRM
BSM APPs
CDM
UIM
PLD
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
2-20
User’s Manual
Figure 2.12 CDMX block flowchart
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
2-21
User’s Manual
(2) SLX (System Loader Execution)
1) Block Summary and Working Function
During initialization of CCP and ACP subsystem, a SLX loads application blocks
performed in CDMA system into CCP and ACP. The SLX renew database to
manage loading history according to location information and state of system loaded
in case of performing loading of each subsystem.
Function related to CCP out of Subsystem Restart and Block Switch function by
MMC is processed by CPL. Function related to BCP, SIP and SVP is performed by
inter-working with CPL, Booter of BCP, SIP, SVP, and PL. It supplies a loading
history by MMC for manager.
Also, The SLX removes specific block out of application blocks performed in each
subsystem or adds application block to specific subsystem.
2) Block Flowchart
The following Fig.2.13 describes SLX block flowchart.
CDM
UIM
FLM
SL
CBOOT
CPL
ACP BOOT
Figure 2.13 SLX Block Flowchart
(3) SMMX (Statistics Measurement Manager eXecution)
1) Block summary and working function
A SMMX block requests BSC system to measure performance data. The SMMX
processes statistics of the measured data, saves it and outputs it. Also, the SMMX
outputs statistics report output according to user’s request by using a periodically
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
2-22
User’s Manual
receiving performance data in BSC system. The SMMX can stop and start the
measurement on system.
Software unit of SMM block consists of Command Processing Part, Signal Message
Format Processing Part, Screen Output Format Part, and Database Processing
Part. Command Processing Part processes command inputted by manager. Signal
Message Format Processing Part formats the signal message which will be
transmitted. Signal Message Unformatting Processing Part unformats the signal
message. Screen Output Format Part outputs a statistical data on the BSM
message output window. Database Processing Part manages the statistical
database.
2) Block Flowchart
The following Fig.2.14 describes SMMX block flowchart.
BIM block
Message Queue
Message Queue
DCI
block
SMM block
UIM block
Message Queue
Memory Map
Statistics Database
Figure 2.14 SMMX Block Flowchart
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
2-23
User’s Manual
(4) FLMX (FauLt Management eXecution)
1) Block Summary and Working Function
A FLMX block has functions which process a fault and alarm message caused at
BTS and BSC system. The received fault message of the FLMX block is related to
the Fault detected by test and maintenance function of BTS and BSC system. If the
state of fault is serious (i.e. fault classified into alarm), the FLMX informs manager of
that by driving a message and an audible and visible alarm after deciding
corresponding alarm grade. If the FLMX receives a command from manager, the
FLMX initializes the database that has the current state information of alarm. Also
the FLMX initializes a database for visible alarm which appears at the terminal and
a database for audible alarm.
2) Block Flowchart
The following Fig.2.15 describes FLMX block flowchart.
a. receipt of manager’s command from UIM block and report of result.
b. report Alarm and Fault processing result to OFH block .
c. send signal to STM block.
d. receipt of GPS state alarm from the SCM block
e. receipt of H/W alarm from ACP block
f. receipt of alarm from CIN
g. receipt of LCIN S/W alarm from CCP
h. receipt of BTS S/W alarm from BMP
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
2-24
User’s Manual
UIM
BSM
OFH
STM
SCM
FLM
CCP
GCIN
BSC
BMP
ACP
Micro-BTS
Figure 2.15 FLMX Block Flowchart
(5) TSMX (TeSt Manager eXecution)
1) Block Summary and Working Function
A TSMX block tests for the fault diagnosis of BTS and BSC system. The TSMX
consists of a unit which analyzes command of manager, a unit which packs to send
the analyzed message to corresponding subsystem, a unit which analyzes a
execution result transmitted from subsystem and a unit for accessing database.
Also, the TSMX consists of a Temporary Processor executed by manager’s request
and a Permanent Processor which performs data management and processing of a
receiving message.
2) Block Flowchart
The following Fig.2.16 describes TSMX block flowchart.
a. Test Request for DEVICE
b. Response for DEVICE Test Request
c. Test Request for BTS LINK and Channel Element
d. Response for BTS LINK and Channel Element Test Request
e. Test Request for Vocoder
f. Response for Vocoder Test Request
g. Request for virtual call test and BTS output adjustment
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
2-25
User’s Manual
h. Virtual test and BTS output adjustment result
i. Virtual Call Set up Request and BTS output adjustment Request
j. Virtual Call Set up and BTS output adjustment result
k. BTS output adjustment Request
l. BTS output adjustment result
m. antenna test, remote call test and test terminal operation information output
Request
n. antenna test, remote call test result and test terminal operation information
CCOX
BCOX
BTCA
TSMX
BDIAX
CDIAX
TMNX
Figure 2.16 TSMX block flowchart
(6)STMX (Status Management eXecution)
1) Block Summary and Working Function
A STMX block displays the things (which result from
monitoring state of main
processors in BSC system and searching each processor and device state and call
resource state of BSC and BTS system, in case of
manager’s demand) on
manager’s screen .
The STMX also manages and maintains BTS and BSC system or state of device
with interworking with the structure management and the
fault management
function.
There are some functions in STMX, a monitoring function of BSC main processor
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
2-26
User’s Manual
state, a processor and device state search function of BTS and BSC by manager’s
request, a overload Control function and a call resource state search function of
GUI (Graphic User Interface) screen.
The function monitoring Processor state is to monitor action state of these
subsystem by polling CCP, ACP, HICA, TSGA processor periodically. The
processor and device state search function of BTS and BSC by manager’s request
has a responsibility for request and output for device state which each subsystem is
managing now.
The overload control function is to output overload state of CCP and BCP and
change overload critical value of CCP and BCP.
The call resource state search function of GUI screen is ,when manager is on call
resource state screen, to reflect it on screen by searching current accurate call
resource state periodically.
2) Block Flowchart
The following Fig.2.17 describes STMX block flow chart.
Figure 2.17 STMX Block Flowchart
Monitoring and Request of ACP Processor State
Report of ACP Processor State
Monitoring of CCP Processor State, State Request of processor and devices,
Overload Control and Report of State
Monitoring of CCP Processor State, State Report of processor and devices,
Report of Overhead State
Monitoring and Request of TSGA Processor State , Request of TFDA State
Report of TSGA Processor State , Report of TFDA State
Monitoring of GCIN/LCIN Processor State, Request of GCIN/LCIN/BIN
Processor and Node State and Request of Active Side Switch
Report of GCIN/LCIN Processor State, Report of GCIN/LCIN/BIN Processor
and Node State, Report of Active Side Switch
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
2-27
User’s Manual
Request of TFSA and GPS Processor State
Report of TFSA and GPS Processor State
Request of SACA Processor State
Report of SACA Processor State
Request of BTS Processor and device State and Request of Overload Control
and State
Report of BTS Processor and device State and Report of Overload State
(6)DCIX (Data Communication Interface eXecution)
A DCIX block supplies a path for transmitting/receiving a management information
between application blocks in BSM and other subsystems in BTS and BSC system,
and communicates with other system by HDLC.
Communication with other system is accomplished through RS-422 at the speed of
2.048Mbps. and a data link uses point-to-multipoint method.
The DCI block is generated by BIM block, initializes a necessary data for setting up a
data link between other subsystems and must be in a standby state to set up the data
link with other subsystem .
Application block in BSM (in case of establishing data link) or DCI block (in case of
receiving message from other subsystem) must perform procedure which processes
this message.
(7)DBHX (DataBase Handler eXecution)
1) Block Summary and Working Function
A DBHX block establishes, initializes and manages a database which application
block in BSM need.
The DBHX block consists of a DBD (DataBase Definition) software unit and
DBM (DataBase Management) software unit.
The DBD function is to generate a database through setting up relation between
each entities to remove overlap properties of data which each application block
needs.
The DBM supplies a function which ,in case of using a database of a application in
BSM, processes the data efficiently and exactly.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
2-28
User’s Manual
2) Block Flowchart
The following Fig.2.18 describes DBHX block flow chart.
BIM block
Message Queue
DBH block
UIM block
Memory Map
BSM DATABASE
Figure 2.18 DBHX Block Flowchart
(9) UIMX (User Interface Manager eXecution)
1) Block Summary and Working Function
A UIMX block performs all functions related to window such as creation and removal
of window and event processing, and supplies a function which outputs a system
state and information as to alarm and statistics with simply and logically
recognizable graphic type
Also, the UIMX processes events caused from manager and displays a information
supplied from each application block on manager’s terminal screen with text or
graphic. Also, the UIMX block supplies a command input type about GUI (graphic
user interface) such as menu and dialogue box .
After formatting a voluntary message received from system (i.e. fault and alarm
message, state, statistics report and test result) , the UIMX block displays that on
the system display window.
2) Block flowchart
The following Fig.2.19 describes UIMX block flowchart.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
2-29
User’s Manual
BIM
fork
write
read
Message
Queue
fork
write
COH
APP
pipe (r/w)
Figure 2.19 UIMX Block Flowchart
(10) COHX (COmmand Handling eXecution)
1) Block Summary and Working Function
A COHX block performs a syntax and meaning analysis function of input command
and a execution control function. The Syntax analysis checks the accuracy of the
grammar of a inputted command and the Meaning analysis checks the meaning of
command and the range of parameter.
If format error occurs on analysis procedure, Command Analysis block supplies the
location of error, the kind of error and the information for error correction.
On the other hand, if analysis result of command prove to be out of error, the
command drives application function to perform the command, receives execution
result from application function and displays it on display window by transmitting it
into UIM block.
2) Block Flowchart
The following Fig.2.20 describes COHX block flowchart.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
2-30
User’s Manual
input command
COH
output command
fork
fork
COH
pipe
pipe
Application Blocks
(FLM, SL, STM,
TSM, CDM, SMM)
CDD
CDD
file
file
Figure 2.20 COHX Block Flowchart
(11) BIMX (BSM Initialization and Maintenance eXecution)
1) Block Summary and Working Function
A BIMX block is first initiated at the BSM software. Also, the BIMX block is initiated
in case of booting of BSM system or by manager. In case of initialization of BSM,
BIM initializes all necessary internal data of BSM, executes a permanent process
block and initializes a necessary IPC function for data communication between
blocks in BSM.
If all block is run, BIM monitors the action state of permanent process. while, If the
action of these process is stopped abnormally, BIM takes an appropriate recovery
procedure and reports this fact to manager.
2) Block Flowchart
The following Fig.2.21 describes BIMX block flowchart.
a. SCM drive and state management by BIM
b. DCI drive and state management by BIM
c. BSM application- part drive and state management by BIM
d. UIM drive and state management by BIM
e. LJH drive and state management by BIM
f. UIM drive and state management by BIM
g. UMH drive and state management by BIM
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
2-31
User’s Manual
SCM
DCI
BSM Ap-part
SL,CDM
SMM, STM
TSM, FLM
etc.
LJH
UMH
UIM
Figure 2.21 BIMX Block Flowchart
(12) UMHX (Unsolicited Message Handler eXecution)
1) Block Summary and Working Function
In case of receiving a initial message from BTS or BSC system, a UMHX block
generates a corresponding application block for processing the message and let it
perform the requested application function.
After adding a corresponding permanent process ID to the received message, the
UMHX makes the corresponding process the message by transmitting it into a
message Queue. The UIM block is driven as a permanent processor by BIM block.
After reporting current state to BIM block, if UIM receives processors of STM, SMM,
TSM, FLM and SL block from BIM block, before receiving a system output message
corresponding to STM, SMM, TSM, FLM and SL block, after UMH block prepares
for receiving the system output message of other subsystem, when a corresponding
message is delivered, the UMH block analyzes Signal_id and performs a function
which generates a corresponding block in BSM.
2) Block Flowchart
The following Fig.2.22 describes UMHX block flowchart.
a. BIM reports UMH drive and drive state to the BIM
b. receipt of unidentified initial message
c. Temporary processor generation and message transmission and management
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
2-32
User’s Manual
d. permanent processor id management and corresponding message transmission
e. transmit UMH state information into the UIM
Permanent
Processor
(SL, SMM,
STM, TSM,
FLM)
Temporary
processor
SL, CDM
UIM
DCI
UMH
Figure 2.22 UMHX Block Flowchart
(13) LJHX (Long-term Job Handler eXecution)
1) Block Summary and Working Function
A LJHX block performs a application function by generating a application block
which requires a long time requested by manager and manages the state of this.
The LJH block is driven as a permanent processor by BIM block. And after reporting
current state to BIM block, the LJH block prepares for generating a processor which
requires the long time requested by manager.
If the LJHX block receives a processor performed for long time by manager’s
request, the LJHX performs a function which generates a corresponding block in
BSM by analyzing the corresponding command
2) Block Flowchart
The following Fig.2.23 describes LJHX block flowchart.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
2-33
User’s Manual
Message
Queue
BIM
Manager request
block
JH block
Message
Queue
Message
Queue
Message
Queue
UIM block
Figure 2.23 LJHX Block Flowchart
(14) SCMX (System Clock Manager eXecution)
1) Block Summary and Working Function
A SCMX block receives periodically TOD (Time Of Day) from GPS, sets up BSM
time and reports that to application block which requires TOD. The SCM block is
driven as a permanent processor by BIM block .
After reporting current state to BIM block, the SCM block prepares for receiving
TOD
Clock from GPS every two seconds. In case that the receiving Clock is out of error,
the SCM block compares it with current BSM System Clock.
If range of error is within 3 second, the SCM block don’t reset the BSM System
Clock, and If range of error is over 3 second, the SCM block resets the BSM System
Clock.
2) Block Flowchart
The following Fig.2.24 describes SCMX block flowchart.
a. BIM control SCM drive and drive state
b. receive TOD Clock from GPS
c. transmit SCM state information into the FLMX
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
2-34
User’s Manual
BIM
GPS
SCM
FLMX
Figure 2.24 SCMX Block Flowchart
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
2-35
User’s Manual
2.3.2.5 BSM Software Structure
The following Fig.2.25 describes BSM system s/w block structure
Figure 2.25 BSM System S/W Block Structure
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
2-36
User’s Manual
Chapter 3 BSM Operation & Administration
3.1
BSM Operation
3.1.1 Overview
This chapter describes the operations and functions of BSM (Base Station Manager) which
takes a part of system operation, administration, and maintenance of the subsystems of
BSC (Base Station Controller) in the mobile communication systems.
BSM provides GUI (Graphic User Interface) for OAM (Operation, Administration, and
Maintenance) which is status monitoring, performance measurement, statistics processing,
configuration management, alarm handling and so on. So, operators can use and
understand easily.
Figure 3.1 represents the initial display window of BSM when you start the BSM system up
in the workstation with the command, “bimx” without logging in it.
Figure 3.1 BSM Initial Display
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-1
User’s Manual
3.1.2 Main Display Structure
When you log in BSM with the specific user ID and password, the window such as Figure
3.2 is displayed.
Figure 3.2 BSM Main Display
3.1.3 Main Button
3.1.3.1
Operation by “Login” Button
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-2
User’s Manual
You can use the command for the CDMA System and service for the User by using login.
Figure 3.3 represents the login dialog box in BSM.
(1) Login Procedure
1) If you choose the "Login" Button in the main display window, "Login Dialog"
window is displayed.
2) You input the Login name and Password in the "Login Dialog" window and then
press the "OK" Button.
3) When the wrong spell is inputted or the login name or password is mistyped, the
login name or password, you can modify it using "Back space" key or "DEL" key.
Figure 3.3 BSM Login Window
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-3
User’s Manual
3.1.3.2
Operation by "History" Button
(1) If you choose the "History" button such as Figure 3.4 in the BSM Tile window, "History
Tool" window is displayed like Figure 3.5.
Figure 3.4 HISTORY Button
Figure 3.5 History Tool
(2) In the "History Tool" window, "File Handling" item functions "Display", "Print", and
"Delete" of the history file. The user of being good at UNIX system uses "VI Editor"
item to do them. First, if you press the "File Handling" button, "File Selection Dialog"
window such as Figure 3.6 displays.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-4
User’s Manual
Figure 3.6 File Selection Dialog
(3) If you choose a certain date of date list in the "Directories" field of "File Selection
Dialog" window and then press the "Filter" button, "CHD" and "MHD" directories
display in the "Directories" field (Because both directories are operated in the same
manner, here deals with only the "CHD" directory).
(4) If you choose "CHD" directory and then press "Filter" button, a lot of files display in the
"Files" field, which is stored to command list by the elapsed time.
(5) If you choose a file of the list in the “Files” field of “File Selection Dialog” and press
“OK” button, the following window such as Figure 3.7 is represented. This list is sorted
to time.
Note – You can also use this shortcut: double-click the file name in the dialog box.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-5
User’s Manual
Figure 3.7 Result of “File Handling”
(6) Figure 3.7 shows the function of searching words. If you enter the word that you want
to search in the “Search : “ Text Field and push the Arrow Button () (or enter the
RETURN Key). Then the screen moves the location of the word to the first location
you want to search. It is possible to use the Down Arrow button or Return Key if you
want another locations of the word, The Up Arrow Button is used for searching the
word to upper field.
(7) If you choose the "Close” button, the window such as Figure 3.7 is closed.
(8) If you choose "VI editor" button in the History Tool of Figure 3.5, "File Selection
Dialog" window such as Figure 3.6 displays and you can select the specific file in
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-6
User’s Manual
order to open it. After the procedures such as (3), (4), and (5) are processed, vi editor
window is created.
Figure 3.8 Result of “Vi Editor”
• VI Basic Commands
In the descriptions, CR stands for carriage return and ESC stands for the escape key.
:q!CR
quit
/textCR
search for text
(ex) /M5015 DISPLAY 
^U ^D
^L
scroll up or down
clear and redraw window
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-7
User’s Manual
3.1.3.3
Operation by System Button
Pressing this button presented to Figure 3.9 enables the operator to control user related
information, command structures, peripheral devices of BSM. When you log in to the BSM,
you are limited the control authorization according to user’s level or grade.
Figure 3.9 System Button
To Start BSM System Manager :
• Click the System button in the BSM main window and User Information Dialog of
Fig.3.10 is displayed.
Figure 3.10 User Information Dialog
• Type the User ID and the Password in the corresponding field and then press “OK”
button
3.1.3.3.1
Operations by Super-user (root)
If you type “root” and its password in the User Information Dialog of Fig. 3.10 , the window
such as Figure 3.11 is displayed.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-8
User’s Manual
Figure 3.11 System Control Window
3.1.3.3.2
User Menu
The only super-user can manage all grades of registered users. That is, the super-user
can add, register, modify, and delete user.
• ADD submenu : Super-user uses this menu to register a new user. The default grade of
user created newly is level 2. Figure 3.12 presents the input window in order to create or
add a new user in BSM.
• Delete submenu : This menu is used to delete the registered user. If you input a specific
user ID to the window such as Figure 3.13, you can delete it.
• Modify submenu : This menu is used to change the contents of the registered user. If
you select “Modify” menu, the input window is displayed and you can modify the user ID
in this window. If you input the modifying user Id and click “OK” button, the output
window is represented. This output window indicates the information of “User ID”,
“Password”, “Class” and “Name”. You can edit each fields and you can modify the user
information by pressing ”OK” button. The window of modifying the user information is
presented in Figure 3.14. Figure 3.14 represents the example of changing the user
grade of authorization for the command. That is, this figure presents changing the
authorization level of “test” user.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-9
User’s Manual
Figure 3.12 User Add
Figure 3.13 User Delete
Figure 3.14 Modify a user
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-10
User’s Manual
Figure 3.15 List up the user information
Figure 3.16 Change user’s password
• Display submenu : This button is used to output or display all the registered users.
Figure 3.15 presents the output window of the user information.
• Passwd submenu : This is used to modify the password of current log-on user in BSM.
In other words, this menu modifies root’s password. Figure 3.16 presents the window,
which changes the password of specific user.
• Close submenu : Termination of system function
3.1.3.3.3
Operations by Command menu
This menu is used to create or edit a CDD(Command Data Description) file and check the
contents of CDD file that currently registered in the system.
• File submenu : This menu is used to manipulate the CDD file. It consists of these
submenus: New, Open, Save, SaveAs, Print, Delete, and Quit
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-11
User’s Manual
• Check submenu :This menu is used to check all the CDD file and then displays its result
in the corresponding window.
3.1.3.3.4
Operations by Window menu
This menu is used to arrange several windows.
• Tiling submenu : It arranges and adjusts the unsettled windows.
3.1.3.3.5
“Device” menu
This menu is used to control the peripheral devices connected to the BSM workstation.
There are three submenus in this menu as follows:
• Printer submenu : This menu is set to the kind of printer, and decides the setting of the
printer mode, On/Off.
• Speaker submenu : This menu is set to audio device mode, On/Off.
• Modem submenu : Not implemented
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-12
User’s Manual
3.1.4 Command Buttons
BSM system provides dozens of commands for CDMA system. These buttons are
presented in Figure 3.17.
Figure 3.17 BSM Main Screen
Figure 3.18 Command Panel
3.1.4.1 Operation of Alarm Command
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-13
User’s Manual
(1) If you select “Alarm” button in the Command Panel of Figure 3.18, “Alarm Command
Dialog” window is represented. In this window, if you select the command button to
process, BSM displays the window that you are able to input parameters for the
corresponding command.
Figure 3.19 Alarm Command Dialog
(2) If the window displays, which operators can input the related parameters to the system
for the corresponding command in Figure 3.19, you may enter the values of
parameters and then press “Run” button.
Figure 3.20 Parameter Input Window : Example of CHG-ALM-BCP
(3) In the command window, the corresponding message for the parsed command is
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-14
User’s Manual
represented and BSM executes it.
(4) If you need to help for the corresponding command, you can click “Help” button and
refer to help message.
3.1.4.2
Operations by Loading Command
If you select “Loading” button in the Command Panel of Figure 3.18, “Loading Command
Dialog” window is represented.
Its function is same to that of the “Alarm” command.
Figure 3.21 Loading Command Dialog
3.1.4.3 Operation by Status Command
If you select “Status” button in the Command Panel of Figure 3.18, the Status Command
Dialog window is represented as follows.
Its function is same to that of the “Alarm” command.
Figure 3.22 Status Command Dialog - CCP
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-15
User’s Manual
Figure 3.23 Status Command Dialog - BCP
Figure 3.24 Status Command Dialog – CIN
Figure 3.25 Status Command Dialog – CCP-BCP
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-16
User’s Manual
Figure 3.26 Status Command Dialog – ACP-CKD
Figure 3.27 Status Command Dialog – OTHERS
3.1.4.4 Operations to Diagnosis Command
If you select “Diagnosis” button in the Command Panel of Figure 3.18, the Diagnosis
Command Dialog displays as follows.
Its function is same to that of the “Alarm” command.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-17
User’s Manual
Figure 3.28 Diagnosis Command Dialog
3.1.4.5 Operations by Configuration Command
If you select “Config” button in the Command Panel of Figure 3.18, the Configuration
Command Dialog is represented as follows.
Its function is same to that of the “Alarm” command.
Figure 3.29 Configuration Command Dialog
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-18
User’s Manual
3.1.4.6 Operations by Statistics Command
If you select “Statistics” button in the Command Panel of Figure 3.18, the Statistics
Command Dialog is represented as follows.
Its function is same to that of the “Alarm” command.
Figure 3.30 Statistics Command Dialog
3.1.4.7 Operations by No.7 Command
If you select “No.7” button in the Command Panel of Figure 3.18, the No.7 Command
Dialog is represented as follows.
Its function is same to that of the “Alarm” command.
Figure 3.31 No.7 Command Dialog
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-19
User’s Manual
3.1.5 Service Button
There are five service buttons in the Service Panel of Figure 3.32. These buttons help to
the operators managing the systems efficiently or easily.
Figure 3.32 BSM Main Screen
3.1.5.1 Change the user grade of command
The function of this button in the Service Panel of Figure 3.33 is to output the command list
by user grade or authorization and change the grade or authorization of the specific
command. This function is used by the only super-user(root). There are three authorization
grades: Super-user, First class user who is able to verify and change the parameters of
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-20
User’s Manual
system, and Second class user who is able to use basic function and confirm the status of
system. Command list is arranged by alphabet order.
Figure 3.33 Service Panel – Change Command Class
• Pressing the button in the Service Panel of Figure 3.33 displays the screen to change
the command class.
Figure 3.34. Change Command Class Window
• In the command list of the Change Command Class Window of Fig. 3.34, all the
commands are listed in alphabetical order and the number in the parentheses means
the class. Double click an item to change the class.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-21
User’s Manual
Figure 3.35 Double Click Command to Change Class
• Clicking the pop-down button of the Change Command Class Window shows as follows.
Click one of these classes and press Apply button, then the changed class is applied to
the command list.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-22
User’s Manual
Figure 3.36. Change the Class of ACT-BDTU to Class 1
• If you want to turn it back to the original class, press Reset button.
• Pressing Quit button ends the function.
3.1.5.2 Batch
This service button in Figure 3.37 is able to write, edit, and execute the batch file. This file
is composed of a series of BSM commands.
Figure 3.37 Service Panel - Batch
• If you press “Batch” button in the Service Panel, BSM displays such as Figure 3.38.
• The File menu in the Batch File Editor of Figure 3.38 has several commands as below:
a) New
- New batch file.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-23
User’s Manual
b) Open
- Open and read an existing batch file.
c) Save
- Save the batch file written by operator.
d) SaveAs
- Save the batch file to another file name.
e) Delete
- Delete the batch file.
f) Run
- execute Batch in the editor window.
g) Vi
- run Vi editor
h) Print
- Print the contents of file.
i) Quit
- Quit Batch File Editor.
Figure 3.38 Batch File Editor
Example of Batch file :
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-24
User’s Manual
3.1.5.3
Statistics Data Viewer
Figure 3.39 Service Panel – Statistics Data Viewer
• If you press the button “Statistics Data Viewer” in Service Panel, you can see the
window such as Figure 3.40. The function of this window is that the binary statistic data
occured for 10 minute , 1 hour or 1 day is converted to the text type data.
Figure 3.40 Statistics Data Viewer
• For example, if you press “00-10” button in the window of the Figure 3.40, the statistic
text data for 10 minutes ( 00 - 10 minutes ) is displayed in the following window. Scroll
Bar is used for moving the screen or searching any words.
• Usage of the word searching function : If you enter the word that you want to search in
the “Search : “ Text Field and push the Arrow Button () (or enter the RETURN Key).
Then the screen moves the location of the word to the first location of word or string that
you want to search. It is possible to use the Down Arrow button or Return Key if you
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-25
User’s Manual
want another locations of the word, The Up Arrow Button is used for searching the word
to the upper field.
Figure 3.41 Statistics Data Viewer : 00-10
3.1.5.4
History Search
Figure 3.42 Service Panel – History Search
• The “History Search” of the Service Panel provides the fuction of “History search”,
shown in Figure 3.42. It is possible to search the types of date, time, kind, and code for
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-26
User’s Manual
command and message history in BSM.
3.1.5.4.1 Search Message History
Figure 3.43 Search Message History
• Message History Search Initial Screen is shown in Figure 3.43. The default values for
DATE and TIME are current values for one hours. If You don’t set the TYPE and CODE,
all messages are displayed for the setting values.
• TYPE can be selected several items at one time. Also, CODE can be inputted several
values by using comma(,), Among messages of selected type, the messages related to
inputted CODE are displayed
• For example, in case Figure 3.44, messages related to CODE number 4207, 4209, and
4001 among alarm, fault, and status messages occured from 17:14 to 18:14 in
09/12/1998 would be searched and displayed.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-27
User’s Manual
Figure 3.44 Example of Search Message History
• If “OK” button is clicked, the window like Figure 3.45 would be poped up at center of
screen.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-28
User’s Manual
Figure 3.45 Result of Search Message History
3.1.5.4.2 Search Command History
• “Command history search initial window” is showned in Figure 3.46. Operation can be
refferd to “message history search”.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-29
User’s Manual
Figure 3.46 Search Command History
3.1.5.5
Help
Figure 3.47 Service Panel – Help of Commands
• Press “Help” in the Service Panel of Figure 3.47, and “Help Selection Dialog” window of
Figure 3.48 is represented.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-30
User’s Manual
Figure 3.48 Help Selection Dialog
• Select one command in the command list and press “OK” button(or Double-click one
command), and the help message for the command appears:
Figure 3.49 Help Message
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-31
User’s Manual
3.1.6 Operations of “Alarm” window
Alarm window displays the fault status of each subsystem in the system. It uses several
colors to report the status of system to the operator efficiently and effectively in the window
with text message. So, you can understand easily in overall of system.
3.1.6.1
Types of Alarm Displays
The fault that operators take action rapidly must create the alarms. There are three types
of alarms as follows:
(1) Audible alarm – outputs the voice and sound alarms through the speaker.
(2) Visible alarm – outputs the colorful alarm display through the monitor.
(3) Alarm message – outputs the text alarm messages in the output window.
3.1.6.2
Grades of Alarms
(1) Normal alarm
This represents a normal status of subsystem and BSM displays this status with green
color.
(2) Critical alarm
This grade of alarm is critical to the system. So, this alarm is required to take
emergency actions for the fault status with no regard to the occurrence time of fault.
BSM displays these alarms with red color.
(3) Major alarm
This grade of alarm has an effect on services of system. It represents the fault status
or malfunction of main circuits. These faults are reported to operator immediately and
enable him to diagnose the functions of system or to recover the errors. The priority of
this alarm is not prior to that of critical alarm. So, this alarm effects on the
performance of the system directly or steadily (Orange).
(4) Minor alarm
This grade of alarm has a little effect on services of the system or subscribers. That is,
this alarm hardly effects on the functions of call processing. The priority of this alarm
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-32
User’s Manual
is lowest (Yellow).
(5) Not Configured / Not Equip
This grade of alarm is not equipped to devices or cards (Gray).
3.1.6.3
The method of alarm detection
If the system reports the alarms to the operator and BSM, BSM displays the alarm status
to the corresponding location in BSM using colors according to the grade of alarm.
3.1.6.4
Main window of subsystems
Main window is composed of four parts: BSC, GCIN, GPS and BTS. If you want to know
the status of corresponding subsystems, you move the mouse to the button of
corresponding subsystem and click it.
Figure 3.50 Main window of subsystems
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-33
User’s Manual
3.1.6.4.1
Main window of BTS
If you intend to know the status of BTS, you may click the button of corresponding BTS ID.
Then, the following window of Figure 3.51 and Figure 3.52 displays and represents all the
statuses of BTS in detail. The board equipped in the system displays green color. If one of
them produces alarms, BSM displays its status with red, orange, and yellow color
according to the grade of alarm.
You can move to the previous display window by pressing “Return” button or “Space bar”
key.
Figure 3.51 Main window of BTS
Figure 3.52 Main window of Micro-BTS
3.1.6.4.2
Main window of CDU
If you press a “CDU” button in the window of Figure 3.51, the window of Figure 3.53
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-34
User’s Manual
displays. If you press “Return’ key or “Space bar” key, you can be back to the previous
window.
Figure 3.53 The window of CDU
3.1.6.4.3
Main window of ENV
If you press a “Environment” button in the window of Figure 3.51, the window of Figure
3.54 displays. If you press “Return’ key or “Space bar” key, you can be back to the
previous window.
Figure 3.54 The window of BTS ENV
3.1.6.4.4
Main window of BSC
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-35
User’s Manual
Figure 3.55 The window of BSC
3.1.6.4.5
Main window of TSB
If you press a TSB button in Figure 3.55, the following window of Figure 3.56 is
represented.
Figure 3.56 The window of TSB
3.1.6.4.6
Main of GPS
When you press the “GPS” button of Figure 3.50, the following window of Figure 3.57 is
represented.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-36
User’s Manual
Figure 3.57 The window of GPS
3.1.6.4.7
Main of GCIN
When you press the “GCIN” button of Figure 3.50, the following window of Figure 3.58 is
represented.
Figure 3.58 The window of GCIN
3.1.6.5
Command Handling Window
Command Handling window of Figure 3.59 outputs the contents of inputted command for
the text-typed command or the command using GUI. And, it displays its results.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-37
User’s Manual
Figure 3.59 BSM Main Screen
3.1.6.5.1
Command Re-execution Method
This provides the simple method of executing the previously executed command. Reexecution of the recently entered 20 commands is available.
(1) h Command
Entering h (or H) in the Command window and pressing Enter key displays the list of
recently entered 20 commands.
[ BSMcmd : 40 ] h
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-38
User’s Manual
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
DIS-ALM-STS:BSC=0;
DIS-ALM-STS:BSC=1;
DIS-ALM-STS:BSC=2;
DIS-ALM-STS:BSC=3;
DIS-ALM-STS:BSC=4;
DIS-ALM-STS:BSC=5;
DIS-ALM-STS:BSC=6;
DIS-ALM-STS:BSC=7;
DIS-ALM-STS:BSC=8;
DIS-ALM-STS:BSC=9;
DIS-ALM-STS:BSC=10;
DIS-ALM-STS:BSC=11;
DIS-ALM-STS:BTS=0;
DIS-ALM-STS:BTS=1;
DIS-ALM-STS:BTS=2;
DIS-ALM-STS:BTS=3;
DIS-ALM-STS:BTS=4;
DIS-ALM-STS:BTS=5;
DIS-ALM-STS:BTS=6;
[ BSMcmd : 41 ]
Table Error! No sequence specified.. Example of h Command Result
(2) Command Re-execution
1) ! + (Command Number)
2) ! + (Command Initial String)
3) !!
You can re-execute the previously entered command by the above 3 methods.
The next table follows the Example of h Command Result of Table 1.
35
36
37
38
39
40
DIS-ALM-STS:BTS=2;
DIS-ALM-STS:BTS=3;
DIS-ALM-STS:BTS=4;
DIS-ALM-STS:BTS=5;
DIS-ALM-STS:BTS=6;
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-39
User’s Manual
[ BSMcmd : 41 ] !35
Table Error! No sequence specified.. ! + Command Number
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-40
User’s Manual
35
36
37
38
39
40
DIS-ALM-STS:BTS=2;
DIS-ALM-STS:BTS=3;
DIS-ALM-STS:BTS=4;
DIS-ALM-STS:BTS=5;
DIS-ALM-STS:BTS=6;
[ BSMcmd : 41 ] DIS-ALM-STS:BTS=2;
Table Error! No sequence specified.. Result
• Input (in italic) as shown in the Table 2 is replaced by the command corresponding to
the number as in the Table 3. Pressing Enter key at this state executes the command
immediately. If you want to modify the command, edit with the mouse, Delete or
Backspace key and press Enter key.
35
36
37
38
39
40
DIS-ALM-STS:BTS=2;
DIS-ALM-STS:BTS=3;
DIS-ALM-STS:BTS=4;
DIS-ALM-STS:BTS=5;
DIS-ALM-STS:BTS=6;
[ BSMcmd : 41 ] !DI
Table Error! No sequence specified.. ! + String
35
36
37
38
39
40
DIS-ALM-STS:BTS=2;
DIS-ALM-STS:BTS=3;
DIS-ALM-STS:BTS=4;
DIS-ALM-STS:BTS=5;
DIS-ALM-STS:BTS=6;
[ BSMcmd : 41 ] DIS-ALM-STS:BTS=6;
Table Error! No sequence specified.. Result
• Input (in italic) as shown in the Table 4 is replaced by the latest command that begins
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-41
User’s Manual
with the string as in the Table 5. Pressing Enter key at this state executes the command
immediately. If you want to modify the command, edit with the mouse, Delete or
Backspace key and press Enter key.
35
36
37
38
39
40
DIS-ALM-STS:BTS=2;
DIS-ALM-STS:BTS=3;
DIS-ALM-STS:BTS=4;
DIS-ALM-STS:BTS=5;
DIS-ALM-STS:BTS=6;
[ BSMcmd : 41 ] DIS-ALM-STS:BSC=0;
1998-04-18 11:40:34 Fri
M1004 DISPLAY ALARM STATUS
CCP 0 NO ALARM STATUS
DISPLAY BCP ALARM COUNT
BCP_ID
CRI
MAJ
MIN
[ BSMcmd : 42 ] !!
Table Error! No sequence specified.. !! Command
38
39
40
DIS-ALM-STS:BTS=5;
DIS-ALM-STS:BTS=6;
[ BSMcmd : 41 ] DIS-ALM-STS:BSC=0;
1998-04-18 11:40:34 Fri
M1004 DISPLAY ALARM STATUS
CCP 0 NO ALARM STATUS
DISPLAY BCP ALARM COUNT
BCP_ID
CRI
MAJ
MIN
[ BSMcmd : 42 ] DIS-ALM-STS:BSC=0;
Table Error! No sequence specified.. Result
• Input (in italic) as shown in the Table 6 is replaced by the previously executed command
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-42
User’s Manual
as in the Table 7. Pressing Enter key at this state executes the command immediately. If
you want to modify the command, edit with the mouse, Delete or Backspace key and
press Enter key.
3.1.6.5.2
Help Command in the Command Handling Window
(1) (Command + ‘?’)
• In command window, if you want to print the command help, you must input “command
+ ‘?’” or “command + ‘?’+’;’”.
[ BSMcmd : 1 ] CHG-SECT-INFO?
or
CHG-SECT-INFO?;
1998-07-02 09:37:34 Thu
• CHG-SECT-INFO HELP MESSAGE
• Change Sector Information.
CHG-SECT-INFO : {BSC=bsc, BCP=bcp}, SECT = sect {[Param]} ;
{BTS=bts
bsc
BSC id
(0-11)
bcp
BCP id
(0-31)
bts
BTS id
(0-383)
sect
Sector id
(ALPHA, BETA, GAMMA)
Param :
PILOT
Pilot Offset
TXFA
Tx Fine Adjust
TXCA
Tx Coarse Adjust
RXFA
Rx Fine Adjust
RXCA
Rx Coarse Adjust
RTDTHR
Common Round Trip Delay Thresh
CYCIDX
Max Slot Cycle Index
PREV
CAI
PMREV
CAI Minimum Revision
Revision
(2) ?XXX (‘?’ + string)
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-43
User’s Manual
• If you attatched ‘?’ at any string, you can see all commands involving the string.
[ BSMcmd : 1 ] ?SECT
CHG-SECT-INFO
DIS-SECT-INFO
[ BSMcmd : 2 ] ?CE
10
11
CHG-CE-CONF
CHG-CE-TYPE
CHG-SCEL-INFO
DIS-CE-STS
DIS-PN-CELL
DIS-SCEL-INFO
DIS-TCE-STS
STRT-STAT-CE
TST-CE
[ BSMcmd : 3 ] ?-CE12
13
14
CHG-CE-CONF
CHG-CE-TYPE
DIS-CE-STS
[ BSMcmd : 3 ] ?
. . .
248
249
ACT-LINK
ACT-LSET
ACT-OVLD-THR
ADD-LDNG-BLK
ADD-NEBR
ALW-ALM-MSG
TST-SVE
UINH-LINK
All commands are displayed.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-44
User’s Manual
3.2
System Status Management
3.2.1
System Status Test
BSC system may always audit and monitor processor status, alarm status, channel and
link status whether the call is normal. If the status is abnormal or system has a certain
fault, BSC system may take an action and then maintain the active status of system.
3.2.1.1 Alarm Test
(1) Alarm Monitoring
1) If the BSC system is an abnormal status or makes a certain fault, system may be
alerting the alarms. So, it must maintain the audible or visible alarm status in order to
output and create an alarm.
2) If you inhibited the audible or visible alarm, you must be always aware of not
outputting those alarms when the system is an abnormal status or a fault.
3) In reporting alarms to the system, it outputs the content of alarm and it checks the
corresponding block automatically. So, it solves the problems to the reported alarm.
4) You input a command of outputting alarm status and verify whether the alarm is
occurred.
(2) Alarm Test
1) You enable the system to output the alarm messages created until now.
C1004 DIS-ALM-STS:[BSC=aa[,BCP=bb],BTS=cc];
aa : BSC ID
bb : BCP ID
cc : BTS ID
You make sure of the number of alarm messages in the corresponding block.
2) You are able to output the alarm message information and then confirm the
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-44
User’s Manual
corresponding alarms.
C1006 DIS-ALM-INFO:AN=aa;
aa : Alarm Number ( 0000 - 9999 )
In the output messages, you confirm the contents of alarms and check the
corresponding block. You have to take an action for the corresponding block in
order to solve the alarm status.
3) You verify to the inhibited output messages of a lot of alarm messages.
C1007 DIS-INH-ALM;
In this case, alarm code is not included in the output message.
4) You can change the alarm message generation mode. So, you can confirm to the
alarm messages occurred.
C1000 ALW-ALM-MSG:AN=aa;
aa : Alarm Code Number ( 0000 - 9999 )
You verify whether the alarm of inhibited output is not included on checking the
corresponding devices.
3.2.1.2 Fault Test
(1) Fault Audit
1) You always verify whether the fault is occurred according to the corresponding
system devices.
2) You must audit if the status of channel or link is blocked. So, you manage these
resources and then maintain them to the normal states for efficient call processing.
3) You check or audit the output alarm messages and verify if the corresponding
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-45
User’s Manual
devices are faults or abnormal.
(2) Fault Test for the listed items
1) You make sure whether the channel or link is blocked.
C3306 DIS-OOS-STS:BSC=aa,[BCP=bb,]DEV=cc,TYPE=dd;
aa : BSC ID
bb : BCP ID
cc : DEVICE TYPE ( SVE/MLNK/BLNK/TCE )
dd : Type ( MBLK/FBLK/TBLK )
2) You verify which fault message is inhibited.
C1008 DIS-INH-FLT;
The code of inhibiting message dose not report to the system.
3) When you want to print the inhibited fault message, you must release the messages
that cannot print or report to the system. Therefore, you have to allow the messages
to print.
C1002 ALW-FLT-MSG:FN=aa;
aa : Fault CodeNumber ( 0000 - 9999 )
3.2.1.3 Test for control of processor status
(1) The status audit of processor
1) You always verify whether the status of processors is normal.
2) You change the status of stand-by processor to active processor and verify if the
status of this processor is normal or abnormal.
3) If the status of processor is abnormal, you have to repair it rapidly.
4) For the processor is the main part of system, you have to maintain that one or more
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-46
User’s Manual
than processor is normal at least.
(2) Status test of processor
1) You verify if the status of CCP in the system is normal.
C3001 DIS-CCP-STS:[BSC=aa];
aa : BSC ID
If you don’t input the corresponding BSC ID, you can verify the statues of all
CCPs.
2) After you check and verify the status of processors, you switch over the status of
processor.
C2012 SWT-PRC:BSC=aa,PROC=CCP;
aa : BSC ID
You check the output message and verify if CCP is switched over in that message.
After the processor is switched over, you verify if its status is normal. If the system
does not have a standby processor, that is, it has only one processor, this command
is unable to be executed.
3) You verify the status of SIP in the system.
C3002 DIS-SIP-STS:BSC=aa;
aa : BSC ID
4) You check the status of SVP in the system.
C3003 DIS-SVP-STS:BSC=aa,[SIP=bb];
aa : BSC ID
bb : SIP ID
5) You verify the status of ACP in the system.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-47
User’s Manual
C3401 DIS-BSC-ACP:[BSC=aa];
aa : BSC ID
6) You verify whether the processors of BTS are normal or abnormal.
C3101 DIS-BTS-PRC:BSC=aa,BCP=bb[,BTS=cc];
aa : BSC ID
bb : BCP ID
cc : BTS ID
7) You check whether the status of cards or boards in BTS is normal.
C3102 DIS-BTS-CARD:BSC=aa,BCP=bb[,BTS=cc],CARD=dd,MIC_CARD=ee;
aa : BSC ID
bb : BCP ID
cc : BTS ID
dd : SRC,TCC,TCU,TFC,BIC,GPS,AMP
ee : UP,DOWN,SYNU,BIC,STFU,RFRU
3.2.1.4 Status test for links and channels
(1) Status audit of links and channels
1) You verify if the statuses of links and channels are normal.
2) When the links of BTS is blocked, you note that the call is cut off.
3) When the links and channels are blocked, you use TST command to check the
states of them.
(2) Status test of links
1) You check whether the status of MSC-links is normal.
C3005 DIS-MLNK-STS:BSC=aa;
aa : BSC ID
2) You verify the status of BTS-links.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-48
User’s Manual
C3007 DIS-BLNK-STS:[BSC=aa,BCP=bb];
[BTS=c]
aa : BSC ID
bb : BCP ID
cc : BTS ID
(3) Status test of channel
1) You check the status of vocoder.
C3004 DIS-SVE-STS:BSC=aa,SIP=bb[,SVP=cc];
aa : BSC ID
bb : SIP ID
cc : SVP ID
2) You verify the status of CE.
C3106 DIS-CE-STS:BSC=aa,BCP=bb[,BTS=cc],DU=dd;
aa : BSC ID
bb : BCP ID
cc : BTS ID
dd : DU ID
3.2.2
System Diagnosis
Diagnosis is the testing of resources that are closely related to call processing in operating
the system and its results is reported to the operators. If its results are abnormal, you
exclude this resource for the service of call process. If the resource of call process is
recoverable, you enable this resource to use the call services or to add the resource pool
of system immediately.
3.2.2.1 Diagnosis of vocoder
(1) Diagnostic method
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-49
User’s Manual
There are four diagnostic methods of vocoder: Polling, Code compare, physical test,
and algorithm test.
1) Polling
You use this method to initialize the SVE(DSP) which is requested to diagnose. As
a result of its response, you can verify or check the status of vocoder.
2) Code Compare
This diagnostic method uses the result that the system compares the original DSP
code in VSOA-A1’s DRAM to the code in DSP’s SRAM.
If the system starts to diagnose the vocoders, it compares the code of vocoder
requested which is the code of SRAM in the DSP module with that of normal
vocoder which is the code of DRAM in VSOA-A1.
If the result of comparing the codes is identical, system may initialize the
vocoder. If the system receives acknowledgment from vocoder, system regards
this vocoder as normal. Otherwise, system decides that the status of vocoder
itself is abnormal.
If the result of comparing the codes is not same, system loads the normal code
to the DSP’s SRAM and replaces the code of SRAM. Then, system compares
the codes again. If the result of comparing the codes also is not same, system
decides the SRAM-related error.
If the result of comparing as above is same, system sends the initialization
message to the vocoder again and then waits for its response.
If the system receives the response for the message of initialization, this
response represents that the abnormal vocoder changes to the normal one
again. Otherwise, system decides that the status of vocoder is abnormal.
3) Physical Test (Will be implemented)
It tests the state of the internal ALU and RAM of DSP.
4) Algorithm Test (Will be implemented)
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-50
User’s Manual
As it cmopares the the test tone in DSP with the encoding and decoding data using
the vocoder algorithm pointed by the operator, you can check the state of the
vocoder algorithm
5) All Test (Will be implemented)
It stops disgnosting in the step if it detecs the error diagnosting the vocoder as the
following sequence ; Code compare Physical test Algorithm test.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-51
User’s Manual
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-52
User’s Manual
(2) Diagnostic Test
1) You can use the following command to verify the status of vocoder.
C3004 DIS-SVE-STS:BSC=a,SIP=b[,SVP=c];
a : BSC Id
b : SIP Id
c : SVP Id
2) Next, you test the vocoder using the following command.
C4017 TST-SVE:BSC=a,SIP=b[,SVP=c,SVE=d],LEVEL=e,ALGORITHM=f;
a : BSC Id
b : SIP Id
c : SVP Id
d : SVE Id
e : Test Level (POLL_TST/CODE_CMP/PHYSICAL_TST/ALGORITHM_TST/ALL)
f : Vocoder algorithm (QCELP_8K/QCELP_13K/EVRC)
(3) Inter-working with call processing
1) For vocoder is related with call processing directly, you can confirm enough to
diagnose the status of it.
2) In case of maintaining call, system decides on the normal state of vocoder. System
need not to diagnose, and reports the “BUSY” state to the operators.
3) If the vocoder is idle, system changes its state to test block (T_BLK) in order not to
use this resource not to set a call on diagnosing. And then, system enters to
diagnose.
4) After the diagnosis end up, system changes the state to idle and is able to use or
set a call service.
(4) Analysis for result of diagnosis
1) As a result of polling, vocoder sends VOC_OK/VOC_NOK to the system. If the
system is not able to receive the response normally, it decides on the abnormal
state of vocoder.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-53
User’s Manual
2) The response of comparing to code of memory is composed to three messages:
VOC_OK, VOC_NOK, and RAM_ERROR. If the code is normal or system does not
receive the response, system decides that DSP chip is abnormal or makes a
problem. If the vocoders do not load normally to DSP chip, system decides that the
problem results from the error of SRAM or DSP chip.
3)(note 1) The vocoder reports the result of Physical test to VOC_OK|ALU_ERR|DSP_
RAM_ERR|RAM/ALU_ERR. ALU_ERR is the error in the arithmetic or register and
DSP_RAM_ERR is the error in RAM of DSP. RAM/ALU_ERR is the error
4) The vocoder reports the result of Algorithm test to VOC_OK|FREG_ERR|GAIN_
ERR|FREQ/GAIN_ERR. FREQ_ERR is the error for the frequency deviation
exceeding the reference value after the generated signal encoding and decoding.
GAIN_ERR is the error for the energy deviation exceeding the reference value after
the generated signal encoding and decoding. FREQ/GAIN_ERR is the error for
occurring both FREQ_ERR and GAIN_ERR.
5) The result of All test is reported all the case for 2) ~ 4).
6) If the error except the result of the seccsion 1) ~ 4), for example, NRSP_SVE|
VOC_BUSY|ALRDY_TEST|VOC_NEQ|NRSP_SVP, is reported, it is the result of
the abnormal diagnostic test. NRSP_SVE is the no responce of the vocoder and
VOC_BUSY is the case that the vocoder does not carry out the diagnostic order.
ALRDY_TEST is the case that the vocoder is executing other diagnostic command
and VOC_NEQ is the case that the vocoder is not equipped yet. NRSP_SVP is the
case that it can’t execute the order because of SVP no response.
3.2.2.2 Diagnosis of HRNA
(1) Diagnostic method
The diagnosis of HRNA’s Node is executed by HICA. There are two methods of
diagnoses – Polling and Self Test – but both methods are concurrently executed.
1) Polling
(note 1)
3) ~ 6) will be implemented ASAP.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-54
User’s Manual
HICA sends polling messages to each of nodes which interfaces with processors.
As a response of several polling messages, HICA reports the status of nodes to
the system.
2) Self Test
Without having response to polling, HICA enters to the self test and system
verifies the minimum status of node. This test can be only used to setting to alarm
mask in case of not connecting to the processors. Self Test is the test which is a
loop-back test for the Tx and Rx of node.
(2) Diagnostic test
1) You can verify the status of HRNA using the following command.
C3204 DIS-GCIN-NODE;
C3205 DIS-LCIN-NODE:BSC=a;
C3206 DIS-BIN-NODE:{BSC=a,BCP=b};
{BTS=c}
a : BSC Id
b : BCP Id
c : BTS Id
2) You can use the following command to test and diagnose the node of HRNA.
C4016 TST-HRNA:DEV=a,{BSC=b,BCP=c,}HRNA=e,NODE=f;
{BTS=d,}
a : Test HRNA Type (GCIN/LCIN/BIN)
b : BSC Id
c : BCP Id
d : BTS Id
e : HRNA Id
f : HRNA NODE
(3) Analysis for the result of diagnosis
1) For the diagnosis of node is composed of one network unlike another test, this test
is impossible to test, after excluding the call services.
2) The diagnostic result of node represents OK or NOK. This result is meaningful for
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-55
User’s Manual
the only node that connects to the corresponding device, because this is capable of
self-test.
3.2.2.3 Diagnosis of BTS-link
(1) Diagnostic method
The diagnosis of B-link is executed by HICA. There are three type of tests : node test,
local loop-back test and remote loop-back test. This test is able to execute all tests
concurrently at once and you can verify the overall status of B-link by executing
concurrently.
1) Test method of node
This is a loop-back test for the node of HNTA.
2) Method of local loop-back test
You enable this loop-back test in the T1 FRAMER of HNTA which controls to the
mechanical links to check the data returned from HICA.
3) Method of remote loop-back test
This is executed by HICA, which is a part of LCIN and exchanges messages or
sends/receives the data. First, HICA connects to the Rx and Tx of HNTA’s T1
FRAMER in peer BIN and then starts to the loop-back mode test. After diagnosing,
HICA changes diagnostic mode to the original test mode.
(2) Diagnostic test
1) You use the following command to verify the status of BTS-link.
C3007 DIS-BLNK-STS:{BSC=a,BCP=b};
{BTS=c}
a : BSC Id
b : BCP Id
c : BTS Id
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-56
User’s Manual
2) You test for the BTS-links using the following command.
C4013 TST-BLNK:{BSC=b,BCP=c,}LINK=c,LEVEL=d,CNT=e,TERM=f;
{BTS=g}
a : BSC Id
b : BCP Id
c : Link Id
d : Test Level
(NODE_TST : BIN, LCIN HNTA Node Test)
(LOC_LOOP : BIN HICA <--> BIN HNTA, LCIN HICA <--> LCIN HNTA)
(RMT_LOOP : LCIN HICA <--> BIN HNTA)
e : TEST COUNT (Number of Test : if LEVEL is set to NODE_TST/LOC_LOOP, executes)
f : TEST Time(Minute : in case of level being a RMT_LOOP)
g : BTS Id
(3) Interworking of call processing
1) If the diagnosis of BTS-link is executed, all the signals lose themselves.
2) Before diagnosing, you consider sufficiently a possibility that several calls
multiplexed connect to the BTS-links.
3) Once the diagnostic command is executed, HICA notifies the T_BLOCK State of
BTS links to both BCP and CCP in order to inhibit them from transmitting all of
control signals. HICA continues to audit if the B-link is used for setting several calls.
As soon as the B-link is fully idle, HICA enters to diagnose the B-links.
4) After finishing the diagnosis, HICA releases T_BLOCK of BTS-links and then is
about to normal status of BTS-link.
5) When the system is normal and two or more than BTS-links are operating or useful
for call services at least, system only diagnoses them normally.
6) If the system uses only one BTS-link for call services and the system diagnoses this
link, it results in canceling diagnosis. On behalf of this test, HICA diagnoses one
hundred times of polling test for the corresponding link.
(4) Analysis for the diagnostic result
1) System counts the number of successful tests – HNTA Node’s test and Local loopback test.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-57
User’s Manual
2) The results of remote loop back test represent the number of sending test packets,
successful packets and time-out packets during the test. Also, they represent the
number of packet loss returned. Additionally, HICA verifies bit error (Frame
alignment signal error), slip error and bipolar error. Parts of these messages can be
reported in executing the loop-back test actually or finishing the test.
3.2.2.4 Diagnosis of BTS’s Channel Element
(1) Diagnostic method
There is a polling test for diagnosis of channel element in BTS.
(2) Diagnostic test
1) You can verify the status of channel element in BTS using the following command.
C3106 DIS-CE-STS:{BSC=a,BCP=b}, DU=d;
{BTS=c}
a : BSC Id
b : BCP Id
c : BTS Id
d : Digital Unit Id
2) You can use the following command to test the status of channel element in BTS.
C4015 TST-CE:{BSC=a,BCP=b,}DUID=d,CDCA=e,SUBNODE=f,LEVEL=g,CNT=h;
{BTS=c}
a : BSC Id
b : BCP Id
c : BTS Id
d : Digital Unit Id
e : Channel Card Id
f : Subnode Id
g : Test Level
h : Polling Count
(3) Analysis for the diagnostic results
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-58
User’s Manual
The number of response for polling is reported to the system.
3.2.2.5 Others
(1) Reserved diagnosis
Reserved diagnosis is a function of MMC + Timer. That is, for MMC is executed
immediately, to diagnose on the busy hour itself is overloaded to the system. Therefore,
diagnosis is in middle of night. So, all the MMC commands are able to reserve. For the
information of reserved diagnosis is stored to PLD, system can get reserved diagnostic
information regardless of power on/off. Reserved diagnosis is executed according to
the information of PLD.
(2) Periodic Diagnosis
Periodic diagnosis is a function of MMC + Periodic Timer. That is, this is executed on
given time every day. This corresponds to B-link, CE, and SVE. For all information are
stored to the PLD, system can get the periodic diagnostic information from PLD
regardless of power on/off. The functions of periodic diagnosis are as follows:
allowance or disallowance for periodic test and change of test time.
(3) Automatic diagnosis
If the operator allows for this diagnosis by corresponding devices (BLNK or SVE), this
diagnosis always happens automatically regardless of operator’s will. Automatic
diagnosis is the audit on all the devices in the status management block – CSHX and
BSHX. When the status is changed from normal to abnormal or from abnormal to
normal, this diagnosis is executed immediately. If the devices are recoverable by
diagnosis, system repairs and recovers them automatically.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-59
User’s Manual
3.2.3
Statistics
3.2.3.1 Overview
System can gather the statistic data according to the operator’s request or period and
reports them to the system. Therefore, the main goal of measurement and statistics is to
use the statistic data to re-design the system in the future or to set or install the system
based on these data. There are four grades or modules of measurement and statistics:
collection of raw data, data manipulation, storing to the data, and transmitting.
3.2.3.2 Configuration and Operation
(1) Operation
1) This operation starts to the collection of data by the command of the statistics start
command of BSM. It collects the data every 10 minutes and then reports to the
BSM. If it receives the start measurement from BSM, it orders the call processing
block to start the library calls. After it also receives the request for the measurement
or response from the other processors, it sends the response signal to the BSM.
BSM receives the data from call processing blocks through the libraries of CMMX
and BMMX. CCOX is a block of call processing and it enables CMMX to fetch the
data from the corresponding library buffer whenever producing events.
2) The start-up flow of measurement and statistics is as follows:
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-60
User’s Manual
BSM requests for the
measurements
Request for the timers of BSM itself
Send the request for data to the other processors
Read the values of libraries.
After gathering the data and processing them,
store to the buffer
After fetching the value of library and
processing it, store to the buffer.
After storing the data to the buffer, child
process reports the result of
measurement when BSM requests for
reporting the data.
Figure 3.61 Start-up flow of measurement and statistics
(2) Configuration of measurement and statistics
1) Statistics of Traffics
2) Statistics of Hand-offs
3) Statistics of Channel elements
4) Statistics of Vocoders
5) Statistics of Processors
6) Statistics of Performances
7) Statistics of CAI
8) Statistics of RFs
9) Statistics of BTS-links
10) Statistics of Faults
11) Statistics of Alarms
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-61
User’s Manual
12) Statistics of Paging
13) Statistics of RF’s performance in BTS.
14) Statistics of Location registrations
15) Statistics of No.7
3.2.3.3 Test for measurement and statistics
(1) Resevation for statistics data.
1) You use the following command to cancel the reservation for the data of statistics.
M6201 STOP-STAT-JOB:BSC=aa,JOB=bb,MPRD=cc;
aa : BSC ID
bb : JOB Number
cc : Measurement Periodic Time
2) If you entered the command, you can see the follows;
- In case of Success
M6201 STOP STATISTICS JOBS
ACCEPTED
RESULT = OK
COMPLETED
- In case of Failure
M6201 STOP STATISTICS JOBS
NOT ACCEPTED
RESULT = NOK
REASON = DATABASE NOT OPEN – cannot open the Database file
or INPUT ERROR – input error
or JOBS NOT FOUND – no report job reserved
or MPRD NOT FOUND – no Measurement Period inputted
or JOB_ID ERROR – JOB ID error
or MATCHING JOB NOT FOUND – no report JOB respond to input value
COMPLETED
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-62
User’s Manual
3) You use the following command to cancel the reservation for the data of statistics
M6001 DIS-STAT-JOB:bsc=bsc;
bsc : BSC ID
4) If you entered the command, you can see the follows;
- In case of Success
M6001 DISPLAY STATISTICS JOBS
BSC = bsc_id
SUB_ID JOB_NO
STAT_ITEM
START_TIME
aa
bb
cc
dd
...
RESULT = OK
COMPLETED
aa
bb
cc
dd
ee
ff
gg
MPRD
MTIM ITER
ee
ff
gg
SUB ID
JOB Registration Number
JOB Statistics Item
Measurement Start Time
Measurement Period
Measurement Times
Execution Times
- In case of Failure
M6001 DISPLAY STATISTICS JOBS
NOT ACCEPTED
RESULT = NOK
REASON = Fail Reasons*
COMPLETED
REASON = BSC NOT EQUIPPED – The entered BSC is not equipped.
or NO JOBS PLANNED – There is not reserved ststistics JOB.
or BSC_ID NOT ENTERED – Input Error for not entered BSC.
(2) Statistics of traffic
There are three types of the measurement and statistics of traffic according to
origination call, termination call, and both of all.
1) You use the following command to start up the traffic command.
C6102 STRT-STAT-TRAF:[BSC=a,[BCP=b,]]ITEM=c,MPRD=d,MTIM=e;
a : BSC ID (0 ~ 6)
b : BCP ID (0 ~ 5)
c : Statistics of Traffic ITEM (ORG|TER|ALL)
d : Measurement Periodical Time (MIN10|HALF|HOUR)
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-63
User’s Manual
e: Measurement Times (1 ~ 50)
System displays the “ACCEPTED” message.
• Gathering the data of statistics starts the absolute time on 10, 20, 30, 40, 50,
and 00 .
2) As soon as the operators request statistics, the data of statistics are accumulated.
Whenever the given periodic time (relative time 10, 30 and 60 minutes) is returned,
these data displays the following message within 10 minutes every hour.
M6102 STATISTICS ON CALL TRAFFIC
ITEM = TRAF_ORG
DATE = YY-MM-DD HH:MM ~ HH:MM
BSC_ID = aa
BTS FA SEC ATTEMPT CAL_PROC
SEIZURE
ALERT
ANSWER AVG_HOLD TRAF_USG
BCP_OVLD CCP_OVLD TCE_UNAV TC_FULL WC_UNAV PWR_UNAV C_ASN_FL
VOC_ERR VOC_BUSY VOC_UNAV T_SYN_TO M_ACQ_FL SO_REJCT S_SI_LNK
S_BAD_FR S_NO_FRM
S_TFC_FL
S_DB_FL T_BCP_TO B_CCP_TO P_TSB_TO
C_TSB_TO C_PCX_TO CTRL_TO RSC_CONG TRK_BUSY
S_T_REL
S_PWR_DN
LR_TO UNAV_USR UNAV_NUM USR_BUSY NO_RESP REL_CALL
BLINK_FL
BSC_FLT PCX_FLT PCX_REL REL_TRAF PWR_DOWN
SI_LNKFL TFC_DOWN BAD_FRM DELAY_ms
bb c d
SIG_ERR NO_ANSWR
A_TRAF_% A_SUCC_%
...
RESULT = OK
COMPLETED
M6102 STATISTICS ON CALL TRAFFIC
ITEM = TRAF_TER
DATE = YY-MM-DD HH:MM ~ HH:MM
BSC_ID = aa
BTS FA SEC ATTEMPT CAL_PROC SEIZURE
ALERT
ANSWER AVG_HOLD TRAF_USG
BCP_OVLD CCP_OVLD TCE_UNAV TC_FULL WC_UNAV PWR_UNAV C_ASN_FL
VOC_ERR VOC_BUSY VOC_UNAV T_SYN_TO M_ACQ_FL SO_REJCT S_SI_LNK
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-64
User’s Manual
S_BAD_FR S_NO_FRM S_TFC_FL
S_DB_FL T_BCP_TO B_CCP_TO P_TSB_TO
C_TSB_TO C_PCX_TO CTRL_TO RSC_CONG TRK_BUSY
S_PWR_DN BLINK_FL BSC_FLT
PCX_FLT PCX_REL REL_TRAF PWR_DOWN
SI_LNKFL TFC_DOWN BAD_FRM DELAY_ms
bb c d
SIG_ERR NO_ANSWR
A_TRAF_% A_SUCC_%
...
RESULT = OK
COMPLETED
aa
: BSC ID
bb
: BCP ID
: FA ID
: SECTOR ID
3) Analysis on the parameters of output message
The following parameters of statistics of traffic are related with origination calls.
Items
ATTEMPT
Contents
The number of attempting the originated calls using access channel
in MS.
Ÿ On receiving the message of Msg_Mob_Orig_Bc, this parameter
is counted
SEIZURE
The number of successful link between mobile station and vocoder
Ÿ On receiving the message of Msg_Conect_sc, this parameter is
counted.
CAL_PROC
The number of processing normal origination call in PCX
Ÿ When mobile station is requested to the origination call set-up to
PCX and receives the ACK, this parameter is counted.
ALERT
The number of ring transmitted for the response of terminated call.
Ÿ When the message of Alert is received, this parameter is
counted.
ANSWER
The number of normal call for the response of termination call
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-65
User’s Manual
TRAF_USG
The rate of possessing channel of origination call (The count form of
certification : In case of the statistics of hourly time, the result is the
following. (ATT_HOLD*ATTEMPT)/3600)
AVG_HOLD
he total possession time of channel
NORM_REL
On maintaining a call, this parameter represents to being released by
the part of origination (Release a call of M/M or M/L calls from the
origination)
PCX_REL
On maintaining a call, this parameter represents to being released by
the part of termination (Release a call of M/M or M/L calls from the
part of MS or Land)
PWR_DOWN
The number of released calls by the power down of MS in normal
calls
BAD_FRM
The number of released call by the data burst error due to the bad
radio environment in a call.
SI_LNKFL
The number of cut-off calls due to the SI link fail in a call
TFC_DOWN
The number of cut-off calls by TFC down during a call
SET_REL
The number of released calls by the user of origination part before
answering for a call during the call set-up (The number of canceling
calls)
P_TSB_TO
The number of released calls for not arriving to the control message
in time from MS during a call
M_ACQ_FL
In case of TCE failing to obtain the set-up data of communication
channels from mobile station, a call is released
T_SYNC_TO
In setting up TC link between TCE and TSB, this parameter
represents that Time Sync message does not arrive in the vocoder.
T_BCP_TO
When the control signal of the origination call between TCE and BCP
is not arrived in vocoder on time, this parameter is counted for the
number of abnormal released call.
B_CCP_TO
When the control signal of the origination call between BCP and
CCP is not arrived in vocoder on time, this parameter is counted for
the number of abnormal released call.
SO_REJCT
Release the call for not processing the service option of MS.
VOC_ERR
The fail of origination call for the error of vocoder initialization.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-66
User’s Manual
TCE_UNAV
If the resources of TCE are not able to assign them to the call or they
remain the reserved channels for hand-offs on receiving the
message of MobOrg, this parameter is used.
WC_UNAV
The number of the failure of origination call which is unable to assign
Walsh Code channel for TC. That is, this is a bad channel of CDMA.
PWR_UNAV
If there is no TC total power assigned for BTS, which is overloaded
to the BTS, this parameter is counted.
S_SI_LNK
The number of released call for SI_LINK_FAIL on setting up a call
S_BAD_FR
In case of producing a lot of bad data or losing much voice data for
producing a lot of bad data or voice data loss by the bad
environment of radio, this parameter is used to count for the number
of released calls.
DB_SL_FL
The failure of origination call due to “DB Selection Fail” on a call
setup.
S_NO_FRM
The number of released calls due to “NO FRAME” on a call setup
S_TFC_FL
The failure of origination call due to “TFC Down” on a call setup.
VOC_UNAV
If the system cannot assign the available resources to the call, this
parameter is used on receiving the normal originated call setup
messages from BCP.
BCP_OVLD
The failure of the originated call due to being overloaded on the
processor of BCP
CCP_OVLD
The failure of originated call due to being overloaded on the
processor of CCP.
C_TSB_TO
After the CCP sends the indication message of setting up TC link to
TSB, if the CCP does not receive any response messages from TSB,
this parameter is used.
BSC_FLT
The failure of originated call due to the other faults of BSC.
C_PCX_TO
This parameter is used not to receive the message of making
progress the call for the request of call setup from the PCX within 5
seconds. Also, it is used not to receive the messages of terminated
ring from PCX within 20 seconds.
NO_ANSWR
This parameter indicates that the “Connect” message is not arrived
in vocoder in one minute, after receiving the “Alert” message.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-67
User’s Manual
BLINK_FL
This parameter indicates that the call setup fails due to being
overloaded on CCP-BCP link, B-link and switching over the link.
USR_BUSY
This parameter indicates the busy state of subscriber of terminated
call.
NO_RESP
The number of released calls for the no response of first and second
paging on the part of termination.
LR_TO
The number of released calls because the response of VLR or HLR
is not arrived in time on setting up a originated call.
UNAV_USR
The number of released calls because the originated subscribers has
no authorization on setting up a originated call(No registration or the
inhibition of originated call)
UNAV_NUM
The number of released calls because the terminated call is not able
to connect to the termination as a result of translating the number of
termination on a call setup.
RSC_CONG
The number of released calls due to being overloaded on the switch
of PCX on a originated call setup
TRK_BUSY
The number of released calls due to being lack of the trunks of PCX
in setting up a originated call.
SIG_ERR
The number of released call due to being a signaling error of R2 or
No7 in setting up a originated call.
PCX_FLT
This parameter is indicates the failure of originated call due to the
other faults of PCX. After CCP sends the message of “setup_cx” to
PCX, CCP receives the message of “Connection refused” due to no
registration, alarm, or failure of DB.
The average delay time from call attempt to service
Call originated traffic rate
Call originated success rate
DELAY_ms
A_TRAF_%
A_SUCC_%
These parameters are related to the statistics of termination call’s traffic.
Items
Contents
ATTEMPT
This parameter indicates MS uses the access channel to attempt the
terminated call. It is counted on responding to paging.
SEIZURE
The number of setting TC link up between MS and vocoder
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-68
User’s Manual
CAL_PROC
The number of the normal terminated call on PCX.
ALERT
The number of transmitting to RBT of the subscriber of termination.
ANSWER
The number of responding the calls from the terminated subscribers.
TRAF_USG
The rate of the channel possession of the terminated calls
AVG_HOLD
The interval time(second) of the channel possession of the
terminated calls.
NORM_REL
In case of releasing a call from termination on it.
PCX_REL
In case of releasing a call from origination on it.
PWR_DOWN
The number of calls released by the power down of MS in the normal
call.
BAD_FRM
The number of released call when detecting on the bad frame in the
TSB on a call.
SI_LNKFL
The number of cut-off calls due to the error of “SI Link Fail” on a call
TFC_DOWN
The number of cut-off calls by the error of “TFC Down” in a call.
P_TSB_TO
If the control message is not arrived in time from MS on setting up a
call, this parameter is used.
M_ACQ_FL
When MS sends the message of setting the traffic channel to TCE, in
case of not obtaining the TCE, the call is canceled.
T_SYNC_TO
When the TC link between TCE and TSB is set up, this parameter
indicates that “Time Sync Message” is not arrived in time.
T_BCP_TO
The number of calls released in the terminated call setup for the
control messages between TCE and BCP is not arrived on time
B_CCP_TO
The number of calls released in the terminated call setup for the
control messages between BCP and CCP is not arrived on time
SO_REJCT
The number of calls released due to being unable to process the
service options of MS.
VOC_ERR
The number of failures for the terminated calls due to the failure of
vocoder initialization in setting up a call.
TCE_UNAV
In case of no resources of TCE on receiving the message of “Page
response” or in case of remaining the only reserved channel for
handoff, this parameter indicates not to assign the resources for a
call.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-69
User’s Manual
WC_UNAV
The failure of terminated call due to being unable to assign Walsh
code channel
PWR_UNAV
The failure of terminated call for lack of assigned power of BTS
S_SI_LNK
The number of calls released because of SI_LINK_FAIL on a call
setup
S_BAD_FR
In case of producing a lot of bad data or losing much voice data by
the bad environment of radio, this parameter is used to count for the
number of calls released or the number of SI link failures in a call
setup.
DB_SL_FL
The failure of originated call due to the failure of DB selection in a call
setup
S_NO_FRM
The number of calls released due to “No Frame” in setting a call up.
S_TFC_FL
The failure of originated call due to “TFC down” in setting a call up
VOC_UNAV
The failure of terminated call for lack of the resources of vocoder
BCP_OVLD
The failure of terminated call due to overloaded on BCP.
CCP_OVLD
The failure of terminated call due to overloaded on CCP.
C_TSB_TO
After the CCP sends the indication message of setting up TC link to
TSB, if the CCP does not receive any response messages from TSB,
this parameter is used.
BSC_FLT
The failure of originated call due to the other faults of BSC
C_PCX_TO
If the message of making progress a call, Call Conf, is not received
from PCX for the response of paging within 5 seconds, this
parameter is used.
NO_ANSWR
The number of failures due to no response from terminated
subscribers in the terminated call setup.
BLINK_FL
The deadlock or cut-off of B-links
RSC_CONG
Failure of terminated call for lack of the resources of switches and
trunks
SIG_ERR
The number of calls released due to the error of R2 and No.7 in
setting up the terminated call
PCX_FLT
DELAY_ms
A_TRAF_%
Failure of Originated call due to the other faults of PCX
The average delay time from call attempt to service
Call originated traffic rate
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-70
User’s Manual
A_SUCC_%
Call originated success rate
(3) Statistics of Hand-off
There are three types of measurement and statistics : softer, soft, and Hard hand-off.
Hard hand-off has three types : Intra-HHO, Inter-HHO, and Intra-Cell.
1) You use the following command to start the statistics of hand-off.
C6103 STRT-STAT-HDOF:[BSC=a,[BCP=b,]]ITEM=c,MPRD=d,MTIM=e;
a : BSC Id (0 ~ 6)
b : BCP Id (0 ~ 5)
c : Statistic item of Handoff (HHO|SHO|RHO|ALL)
d : Measurement Period (MIN10|HALF|HOUR)
e : Measurement Times (1 ~ 50)
System displays the “ACCEPTED” message.
Ÿ Gathering the data of statistics starts the absolute time on 10, 20, 30, 40, 50,
and 00 .
2) As soon as the operators request statistics, the data of statistics are accumulated.
Whenever the given periodic time (relative time 10, 30 and 60 minutes) is returned,
these data displays the following message within 10 minutes every hour.
- In case of Softer Handoff
M6103 STATISTICS ON HANDOFF
ITEM = HO_SOFTER
DATE = YY-MM-DD HH:MM ~ HH:MM
BSC_ID = aa
BTS_ID FR_SEC TO_SEC ATT_ADD ATT_DRP SUC_ADD SUC_DRP
CC_UNAV SYS_FLT HCM_FAIL CALL_DRP A_SUCC_%
bb
...
RESULT = OK
COMPLETED
aa : BSC ID
bb : BTS ID
c : SECTOR ID
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-71
User’s Manual
- In case of Soft Handoff
M6103 STATISTICS ON HANDOFF
ITEM = HO_SOFT
DATE = YY-MM-DD HH:MM ~ HH:MM
BSC_ID = aa
FR_BTS TO_BSC TO_BTS ATT_ADD ATT_DRP SUC_ADD SUC_DRP TC_UNAV
WC_UNAV FO_UNAV SYS_FLT HCM_FAIL CALL_DRP
A_SUCC_%
bb
aa
bb
...
RESULT = OK
COMPLETED
aa : BSC ID
bb : BTS ID
- In case of HARD HANDOF
M6103 STATISTICS ON HANDOFF
ITEM = HO_HARDMSC
DATE = YY-MM-DD HH:MM ~ HH:MM
BSC_ID = aa
FR_BTS TO_MSC TO_BSC TO_BTS ATTEMPT FREQ_HO FRAM_HO BOTH_HO NO_CHNGE
TC_UNAV CC_UNAV
CALL_DRP
bb
cc
aa
bb
FO_UNAV
SYS_FAIL HCM_FAIL
A_SUCC_%
...
RESULT = OK
COMPLETED
M6103 STATISTICS ON HANDOFF
ITEM = HO_HARD
DATE = YY-MM-DD HH:MM ~ HH:MM
BSC_ID = aa
FR_BTS TO_BSC TO_BTS ATTEMPT SUCCESS TC_UNAV CC_UNAV
FO_UNAV SYS_FLT HCM_FAIL CALL_DRP A_SUCC_%
bb
aa
bb
...
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-72
User’s Manual
RESULT = OK
COMPLETED
aa : BSC ID
bb : BTS ID
cc : MSC ID
3) Analysis on output parameters
There are tens of parameters of statistics of softer handoff as follows:
Items
Contents
FROM_SEC
The source sector of softer handoff
TO_SEC
The target sector of softer handoff
ATT_ADD
The number of Softer ADD
ATT_DROP
The number of Softer DROP
SUC_ADD
The number of success in Softer ADD handoff
SUC_DROP
The number of success in Softer DROP handoff
CC_UNAV
The number of handoff failures when the Walsh code channel is not
used.
SYS_FAIL
The number of handoff failures in the faults of system
HCM_FAIL
The number of released call because of not receiving HCM in the
handoff
CALL_DROP
The number of Softer Drops of PS’ call in the handoff
The following parameters are related to statistics of soft handoff.
Items
Contents
FROM_BTS
The source number of BTS
TO_BTS
The target number of BTS
ATT_ADD
The number of receiving PSMMs in soft add handoff
ATT_DROP
The number of receiving PSMMs in soft drop handoff
SUC_ADD
The number of receiving HCMs in soft add handoff after sending
HDMs to MS
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-73
User’s Manual
SUC_DROP
The number of receiving HCMs in soft drop handoff after sending
HDMs to MS
TC_UNAV
The number of failures due to being unable to use TCs
WC_UNAV
The number of failures due to being unable to use Walsh code
channels
SYS_FAIL
The number of handoff failures in the faults of system.
FO_UNAV
The number of failures due to being unable to use or assign frame
offset
HCM_FAIL
The number of released calls due to not receiving HCM
CALL_DROP
The number of calls dropped by the MS in being handoff
A_SUCC_%
Call originated success rate
The following parameters are related to statistics of hard handoff.
Items
Contents
FROM_BTS
The source number of BTS
TO_BTS
The target number of BTS
ATTEMPT
SUC_FO
SUC_FA
SUC_BOTH
The number of decisions on Inter Cell by frequency HHO
The number of Handoff by changing Frame Offset
The number of Handoff by changing Frequency
The number of successful Handoffs by changing Frequency or Frame
Offset
The number of successful Handoffs by not changing Frequency or
Frame Offset (Only Handoff between PCXs)
The number of failures due to being unable to use TC
SUC_NO_CHG
TC_UNAV
CC_UNAV
The number of failures due to being unable to use the Walsh code
channel
SYS_FAIL
The number of handoff failures in the faults of system.
FO_UNAV
The number of failures due to being unable to use the frame offset
HCM_FAIL
The number of released calls due to not receiving HCM
CALL_DROP
The number of calls dropped by the MS in being handoff
A_SUCC_%
Call originated success rate
(4) Statistics of Channel Elements
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-74
User’s Manual
This statistics are measured by sector of BTS.
1) Using the following command, you can start to the statistics of the channel
elements.
C6104 STRT-STAT-CE:[BSC=a,[BCP=b,]]MPRD=c,MTIM=d;
a : BSC ID ( 0 - 6 )
b : BCP ID ( 0 - 5 )
c : Channel Element Statistic ITEM ( ACE/PCE/TCE/ALL)
d : Measurement Periodical Time ( MIN10/HALF/HOUR )
e : Measurement Times ( 1 - 50 )
System displays the “ACCEPTED” message.
• Gathering the data of statistics starts the absolute time on 10, 20, 30, 40, 50,
and 00.
2) As soon as the operators request statistics, the data of statistics are accumulated.
Whenever the given periodic time (relative time 10, 30 and 60 minutes) is returned,
these data displays the following message within 10 minutes every hour.
M6104 STATISTICS ON CHANNEL ELEMENT
ITEM = CE_ACCESS
DATE = YY-MM-DD HH:MM ~ HH:MM
BSC_ID = aa
BTS FA AC_EQUIP AC_MX_LD AC_M_CNT AC_LD_RT
bb
...
RESULT = OK
COMPLETED
M6104 STATISTICS ON CHANNEL ELEMENT
ITEM = CE_PAGE
DATE = YY-MM-DD HH:MM ~ HH:MM
BSC_ID = aa
BTS FA PC_EQUIP PC_MX_LD PC_M_CNT PC_LD_RT
bb
...
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-75
User’s Manual
RESULT = OK
COMPLETED
M6104 STATISTICS ON CHANNEL ELEMENT
ITEM = CE_TRAFFIC
DATE = YY-MM-DD HH:MM ~ HH:MM
BSC_ID = aa
BTS FA SEC TRAF_ATT TRAF_ASN TRAF_USG TRAF_BSY TRAF_FLT
HDOF_ATT HDOF_ASN HDOF_USG HDOF_BSY HDOF_FLT A_USE_%
bb
c d
xx.x
...
RESULT = OK
COMPLETED
aa : BSC ID
bb : BTS ID
c : FA ID
d : SECTOR ID
3) Analysis on the output parameters
There are several parameters of statistics of traffic channels as follows:
Items
TRAF_ATT
TRAF_SUC
TRAF_HOLD
HDOF_ATT
HDOF_SUC
HDOF_HOLD
TRAF_BSY
TRAF_FLT
HDOF_BSY
HDOF_FLT
A_USE_%
Contents
The number of attempts of traffic channels per hour
The number of successful assignment of traffic channels per hour
The average time(SEC) of possession of traffic channel on traffic
The number of attempts of traffic channels on the handoff per hour
The number of successful assignment of traffic channels on handoff
per hour
The average time(SEC) of possession of traffic channel on handoff
The number of failures per hour due to being busy on traffic channels
The number of failures per hour in the faults on traffic channels
The number of handoff failures per hour due to being busy on traffic
channels
The number of handoff failures per hour in the faults on traffic
channels
The average usage ratio (%) of traffic channels per hour
There are several parameters of statistics of paging channels
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-76
User’s Manual
Items
Contents
AC_EQUIP
The number of access channels equipped
AC_MX_LD
The maximum number of messages to be processed in the access
channels
AC_M_CNT
The number of messages actually processed
AC_LD_RT
The number of messages per unit time (second)
There are four output parameters of statistics of paging channels as follows:
Items
Contents
PC_EQUIP
The number of paging channels equipped
PC_MX_LD
The maximum number of messages to be processed in the paging
channels
PC_M_CNT
The number of messages actually processed
PC_LD_RT
The number of messages per unit time (second)
(5) Statistics of vocoders
1) Using the following command, you can start to the statistics of vocoders
C6105 STRT-BTS-VOC:[BSC=a,[SIP=b,]]MPRD=c,MTIM=d;
a : BSC ID (0 ~ 6)
b : SIP ID (0 ~ 31)
c : Measurement Period (MIN10|HALF|HOUR)
d : Measurement Times (1 ~ 50)
System displays the “ACCEPTED” message.
Ÿ Gathering the data of statistics starts the absolute time on 10, 20, 30, 40, 50,
and 00.
2) As soon as the operators request statistics, the data of statistics are accumulated.
Whenever the given periodic time (relative time 10, 30 and 60 minutes) is returned,
these data displays the following message within 10 minutes every hour.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-77
User’s Manual
M6105 STATISTICS ON VOCODER
ITEM = VOC
DATE = YY-MM-DD HH:MM ~ HH:MM
BSC_ID = aa
SIP_ID SVP_ID
TX_A_B_R
RX_A_B_R
DURATION
LOAD_DSP TOTAL_FRM
FRM_B_ERR FRM_DELAY FRM_ERR_% BIT_ERR_% FRM_DLY_%
bb
cc
...
RESULT = OK
COMPLETED
aa : BSC ID
bb : SIP ID
cc : SVP ID
3) Analysis on the output parameters
There are some parameters of statistic of vocoder (Tx/Rx) as follow:
Items
Contents
TX_BIT_RATE
The average bit rate for sended frame (12.5 - 100%)
RX_BIT_RATE
The average bit rate for received frame (12.5 - 100%)
AVG_LOAD_DSP
The average load per a DSP (0 - 100%) : (AVG_DUR_TIME*100)/600
AVG_DUR_TIME
The average call state time (sec) : TOT_FRAME/(MAX_SVE_PER_SVP*50)
FRAME_DELAY
The number of frame that don’t receive from TCE each 20ms
FRM_B_BER
The number of frame received from TCE having CRC or other errors
TOT_FRAME
Total frame count
The average error frame to received frame (0 - 100%) :
AVG_FRM_ERR
(FRM_B_ERR+FRM_DELAY)*100/TOT_FRAME
AVG_BIT_ERR
The average error bit to received error frame (0 - 100%) :
(FRM_B_ERR*100/(FRM_B_ERR+FRM_DELAY)
FRM_DLY_RATE
The average delay to received error frame (0 - 100%) :
(FRM_B_ERR*100/(FRM_B_ERR+FRM_DELAY)
(6) Statistics of Processors
1) Using the following command, you can start to the statistics of processors.
C6108 STRT-STAT-PRC : [BSC=a,][BCP=b,|SIP=c,|CSB=d,|SRC=e]ITEM=f,MPRD=g,MTIM=h;
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-78
User’s Manual
a : BSC ID (0 ~ 6)
b : BCP ID (0 ~ 5)
c : SIP ID (0 ~ 31)
d : CSB ID(0 ~11)
e : SRC ID(0 ~ 31)
f : Processor Statistics Item (CCP|BCP|SIP|CSB|SRC|ALL)
g : Measurement Period (MIN10|HALF|HOUR)
h : Measurement Times (1 ~ 50)
System displays the “ACCEPTED” message.
Ÿ Gathering the data of statistics starts the absolute time on 10, 20, 30, 40, 50,
and 00.
2) As soon as the operators request statistics, the data of statistics are accumulated.
Whenever the given periodic time (relative time 10, 30 and 60 minutes) is returned,
these data displays the following message within 10 minutes every hour.
- In case of CCP
M6108 STATISTICS ON PROCESSOR LOAD
ITEM = PRC_CCP
DATE = YY-MM-DD HH:MM ~ HH:MM
BSC_ID = aa
IDLE IN_IPCC IN_IPCQ MEM_USE
x.xx
RESULT = OK
COMPLETED
- In case of BCP
M6108 STATISTICS ON PROCESSOR LOAD
ITEM = PRC_BCP
DATE = YY-MM-DD HH:MM ~ HH:MM
BSC_ID = aa
BCP_ID
bb
IDLE
x.xx
IIPCC
IIPCQ
OIPCC
OIPCQ
...
RESULT = OK
COMPLETED
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-79
User’s Manual
- In case of SIP
M6108 STATISTICS ON PROCESSOR LOAD
ITEM = PRC_SIP
DATE = YY-MM-DD HH:MM ~ HH:MM
BSC_ID = aa
SIP_ID
Cc
IDLE
x.xx
IIPCC
IIPCQ
OIPCC
OIPCQ
...
RESULT = OK
COMPLETED
aa : BSC ID
bb : BCP ID
cc : SIP ID
- In case of BCP
M6108 STATISTICS ON PROCESSOR LOAD
ITEM = PRC_CSB
DATE = YY-MM-DD HH:MM ~ HH:MM
BSC_ID = aa
IDLE
IIPCC
x.xx
IIPCQ
OIPCC
OIPCQ
...
RESULT = OK
COMPLETED
aa : BSC ID
- In case of SRC
M6108 STATISTICS ON PROCESSOR LOAD
ITEM = PRC_SRC
DATE = YY-MM-DD HH:MM ~ HH:MM
BSC_ID = aa
CELL
FA_ID
bb
cc
IDLE
x.xx
IIPCC
IIPCQ
OIPCC
OIPCQ
...
RESULT = OK
COMPLETED
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-80
User’s Manual
aa : BSC ID
bb : CELL ID
cc : FA ID
3) Analysis on the output parameters
There are several output parameters of statistics of processors as follow:
Items
Contents
IDLE
The average load of processors
IIPCC
Input IPC Count (the number of Rx IPCc)
OIPCC
Output IPC Count (the number of Tx IPCs)
IIPCQ
Input IPC Quantity (the quantity of Rx IPC)
OIPCQ
Output IPC Quantity ( the quantity of Tx IPC)
IN_IPCC
The number of incoming IPCs in the CCP (only CCP)
IN_IPCQ
The quantity of incoming IPCs in the CCP (only CCP)
MEM_USG
CCP Processor Memory Usage Rate (only CCP)
(6) Statistics of the performance of BTS
1) Using the following command, you can start to the statistics of the performance of
BTS.
C6111 STRT-STAT-PERF : [BSC=a,[BCP=b,]]MPRD=c,MTIM=d;
a : BSC ID (0 ~ 6)
b : BCP ID (0 ~ 5)
c : Measurement Period (MIN10|HALF|HOUR)
d : Measurement Times (1 ~ 50)
System displays the “ACCEPTED” message.
Ÿ Gathering the data of statistics starts the absolute time on 10, 20, 30, 40, 50,
and 00.
2) As soon as the operators request statistics, the data of statistics are accumulated.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-81
User’s Manual
Whenever the given periodic time (relative time 10, 30 and 60 minutes) is returned,
these data displays the following message within 10 minutes every hour.
M6111 STATISTICS ON BTS PERFORMANCE
ITEM = PERF
DATE = YY-MM-DD HH:MM ~ HH:MM
BSC_ID = aa
BTS_ID O_LT100 O_LT200 O_LT300 O_LT400 O_LT500 O_LT600 O_LT700 O_GT700
T_LT400 T_LT500 T_LT600 T_LT700 T_LT800 T_LT900 T_LT1000 T_GT1000
bb
...
RESULT = OK
COMPLETED
aa : BSC ID
bb : BCP ID
3) Analysis on the output parameters
The following parameters are related to statistics of the performance of BTS.
Items
Contents
O_LT_100
From the view of BTS, this parameter indicates that the completion
time of originated call setup is less than100ms
O_LT_200
From the view of BTS, this parameter indicates that the completion
time of originated call setup is greater than100ms and less than
200ms
O_LT_300
From the view of BTS, this parameter indicates that the completion
time of originated call setup is greater than200ms and less than
300ms
O_LT_400
From the view of BTS, this parameter indicates that the completion
time of originated call setup is greater than300ms and less than
400ms
O_LT_500
From the view of BTS, this parameter indicates that the completion
time of originated call setup is greater than 400ms and less than
500ms
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-82
User’s Manual
O_LT_600
From the view of BTS, this parameter indicates that the completion
time of originated call setup is greater than 500ms and less than
600ms
O_LT_700
From the view of BTS, this parameter indicates that the completion
time of originated call setup is greater than 600ms and less than 700ms
O_GT_700
From the view of BTS, this parameter indicates that the completion
time of originated call setup is greater than700ms
T_LT_400
From the view of BTS, this parameter indicates that the completion
time of terminated call setup is less than 400ms
T_LT_500
From the view of BTS, this parameter indicates that the completion
time of terminated call setup is greater than 400ms and less than
500ms
T_LT_600
From the view of BTS, this parameter indicates that the completion
time of terminated call setup is greater than 500ms and less than
600ms
T_LT_700
From the view of BTS, this parameter indicates that the completion
time of terminated call setup is greater than 600ms and less than
700ms
T_LT_800
From the view of BTS, this parameter indicates that the completion
time of terminated call setup is greater than 700ms and less than
800ms
T_LT_900
From the view of BTS, this parameter indicates that the completion
time of terminated call setup is greater than 800ms and less than
900ms
T_LT_1000
From the view of BTS, this parameter indicates that the completion
time of terminated call setup is greater than 900ms and less than
1000ms
T_GT_1000
From the view of BTS, this parameter indicates that the completion
time of terminated call setup is greater than 1000ms
(7) Statistics of CAI signaling
1) Using the following command, you can start to the statistics of CAI signaling.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-83
User’s Manual
C6118 STRT-STAT-CAI : [BSC=a,[BCP=b,]]MPRD=c,MTIM=d;
a : BSC ID (0 ~ 11)
b : BCP ID (0 ~ 31)
c : Report Item (BCP|TSB|ALL)
d : Measurement Period (MIN10|HALF|HOUR)
e : Measurement Times (1 ~ 50)
System displays the “ACCEPTED” message.
Ÿ Gathering the data of statistics starts the absolute time on 10, 20, 30, 40, 50,
and 00
2) As soon as the operators request statistics, the data of statistics are accumulated.
Whenever the given periodic time (relative time 10, 30 and 60 minutes) is returned,
these data displays the following message within 10 minutes every hour.
M6118 STATISTICS ON CAI SIGNALLING
ITEM = CAI
DATE = YY-MM-DD HH:MM ~ HH:MM
BSC_ID = aa
BTS_ID SEC_ID PC_EQUIP PC_PAGING P C_ORDER PC_CH_ASGN PC_DAT_BST PC_SER_RDR
AC_EQUIP AC_MOB_ORG AC_REGIST AC_MOB_ORD AC_PAG_RSP AC_DAT_BST
bb
cc
...
RESULT = OK
COMPLETED
M6118 STATISTICS ON CAI SIGNALLING
ITEM = TSB_CAI
DATE = YY-MM-DD HH:MM ~ HH:MM
BSC_ID = aa
CELL
bb
SEC_ID
cc
FA_ID
dd
RCV_ORDER
RCV_PSMM
RCV_PMRM
SND_ORDER
SND_ALRT
RCV_DTMF
SND_NBOR
RCV_SVC_CON
SND_HDOF
RCV_HDOF
SND_SVC_CON
...
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-84
User’s Manual
RESULT = OK
COMPLETED
aa : BSC ID
bb : CELL ID
cc : SECTOR ID
dd : FA_ID
3) Analysis on the output parameters
-. The following parameters are related to statistics of CAI (Common Air Interface)
signaling.
Items
Contents
PC_TOTAL
The number of messages of all of the paging channels to be sent
PC_PAGING
The number of messages of “General page Message” to be sent
PC_ORDER
The number of messages of order to be sent
PC_CH_ASGN
The number of messages of “Channel Assign” to be sent
PC_DAT_BST
The number of data burst messages transmitted to the paging
channel.
PC_SER_RDR
The number of the message of service redirection message using
paging channel.
AC_TOTAL
The number of the message transmitted to all of access channels
AC_MOB_ORG
The number of the messages of origin transmitted to the access
channel
AC_REGIST
The number of the transmitted messages of registration using access
channel
AC_MOB_ORD
The number of the transmitted messages of orders using the access
channel
AC_PAG_RSP
The number of the transmitted messages of paging response using
the access channel
AC_DAT_BST
The number of the data burst message transmitted to the access
channel
-. The following parameters are related to statistics of TSB CAI signaling.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-85
User’s Manual
Items
Contents
RCV_ORDER
RCV_PSMM
RCV_PMRM
MS ACK Order, Release Order, Continous DTMF Order, etc.
MS sends the messages measured Pilot to BS (ex., Pilot strength)
MS sends the messages taken a statistics of forward link frame error
to BS
RCV_DTMF
MS sends the messages taken information when touchs the keypad to
BS
RCV_SVC_CON The response of “Service Connect Message”. Start its service.
RCV_HDOF
The complete report message updated for “Handoff Direction”
SND_ORDER
BS Ack Order, Release Order, Pilot Mesurement Request Order, etc.
SND_ALRT
Tone Off, Long Tone, RingBackTone On, etc.
SND_NBOR
Update the information of MS neighbor Pilot when MS does “Handoff”
SND_HDOF
Handoff Update Pilot Information message
SND_SVC_CON Allow the requested service (option)
(8) Statistics of RFs
1) You can start to the statistics of RF using the following command.
C6107 STRT-STAT-RF:[BSC=a,[BCPS=b,]]MPRD=c,MTIM=d;
a : BSC ID (0 ~ 6)
b : BCP ID (0 ~ 5)
c : Measurement Period (MIN10|HALF|HOUR)
d : Measurement Times (1 ~ 50)
System displays the “ACCEPTED” message.
• Gathering the data of statistics starts the absolute time on 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, and
00
2) As soon as the operators request statistics, the data of statistics are accumulated.
Whenever the given periodic time (relative time 10, 30 and 60 minutes) is returned,
these data displays the following message within 10 minutes every hour.
M6107 STATISTICS ON BTS CHANNEL QUALITY
ITEM = RF
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-86
User’s Manual
DATE = YY-MM-DD HH:MM ~ HH:MM
BSC_ID = aa
BTS_ID SEC_ID AFWD_GAIN ARVS_GAIN OVF_FG_CNT
bb
...
RESULT = OK
COMPLETED
aa : BSC ID
bb : BCP ID
c : SECTOR ID
3) Analysis on the output parameters
The following parameters are related to statistics of radio frequency quality.
Items
Contents
AFWD_GAIN
The average value of Tx gain of the forward channel for the forward
power control
ARVS_GAIN
The average value of threshold of reverse channel for the reverse
power control
OVF_FG_CNT
The number of the arrived message of PMRM in spite of exceeding
the threshold of Max Tx Gain already for the forward power control.
(9) Statistics of B-link
1) Using the following command, you can start to the statistics of B link
C6106 STRT-STAT-LINK:[BSC=a,[BCP=b,]]MPRD=c,MTIM=d;
a : BSC ID (0 ~ 6)
b : BCP ID (0 ~ 5)
c : Measurement Period (MIN10|HALF|HOUR)
d : Measurement Times (1 ~ 50)
System displays the “ACCEPTED” message.
Ÿ Gathering the data of statistics starts the absolute time on 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, and
00
2) As soon as the operators request statistics, the data of statistics are accumulated.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-87
User’s Manual
Whenever the given periodic time (relative time 10, 30 and 60 minutes) is returned,
these data displays the following message within 10 minutes every hour.
M6106 STATISTICS ON BTS LINK
ITEM = BLINK
DATE = YY-MM-DD HH:MM ~ HH:MM
BSC_ID = aa
CELL LNK_I TYPE
R_TOT_C
R_ERR_C
R_S_F_C
R_SLP_C
R_CRC_C
R_USE_R
R_FER_R
R_BER_R
T_TOT_C
T_ERR_C
T_S_F_C
T_SLP_C
T_CRC_C
T_USE_R
T_FER_R
T_BER_R
bb
cc
dd
RESULT = OK
COMPLETED
aa
: BSC ID
bb
: CELL ID
cc
: LINK ID
dd
: LINK TYPE (E1/T1)
3) Analysis of the output parameters
The following parameters are related to statistics of BSC-BTS links (Tx/Rx).
Items
Contents
TYPE
Type of links (E1/T1)
USE_R
The average rate of the usage of links
A_FER
Average Frame Error Rate
( = (Error Frame Count / Total Frame Count) * 100 )
FER_R
The ratio of HDLC error of the Frame error
BET_R
Bit Error Rate (10-3 - 10-9)
TOT_C
Total Frame Count
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-88
User’s Manual
ERR_C
Error Frame Count
SLP_C
Slip Count
CRC_C
CRC Count
(10) Statistics of Faults
1) Using the following command, you can start to the statistics of faults.
C6109 STRT-STAT-FLT : [BSC=a,[BCP=b,]
ITEM=c,MPRD=d,MTIM=e ;
a : BSC ID (0 ~ 6)
b : BCP ID (0 ~ 5)
c : Fault Statistics Item
d : Measurement Period (MIN10|HALF|HOUR)
e : Measurement Times (1 ~ 50)
System displays the “ACCEPTED” message.
Ÿ Gathering the data of statistics starts the absolute time on 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, and
00
2) As soon as the operators request statistics, the data of statistics are accumulated.
Whenever the given periodic time (relative time 10, 30 and 60 minutes) is returned,
these data displays the following message within 10 minutes every hour.
- In case of BSC
M6109 STATISTICS ON FAULT
ITEM = FLT (BSC)
DATE = YY-MM-DD HH:MM ~ HH:MM
BSC_ID = aa
CODE PWR PBA PRO
CE
OS LNK PLL CLK CBL OOS ENV
Fxxxx
...
TOTAL = x
RESULT = OK
COMPLETED
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-89
User’s Manual
- In case of BTS
M6109 STATISTICS ON FAULT
ITEM = FLT (BTS)
DATE = YY-MM-DD HH:MM ~ HH:MM
BSC_ID = aa
BTS CODE PWR PBA PRO CE
bb Fxxxx
OS LNK PLL CLK CBL OOS ENV
...
TOTAL = x
RESULT = OK
COMPLETED
aa : BSC ID
bb : BCP ID
3) Analysis on the output parameters
The following parameters are related to statistics of faults.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-90
User’s Manual
Items
Contents
PWR
The number of the occurrences of faults related to the power
PBA
The number of the occurrences of faults related to the PBA boards
PRO
The number of the occurrences of faults related to processors
CE
The number of the occurrences of faults related to channel elements
OS
The number of the occurrences of faults related to OS
LNK
The number of the occurrences of faults related to the links
PLL
The number of the occurrences of faults related to PLLs
CLK
The number of the occurrences of faults related to clocks
CBL
The number of the occurrences of faults related to cables
OOS
The number of the occurrences of faults related to out-of-services
ENV
The number of the occurrences of faults related to the environment
(11) Statistics of Alarms
1) Using the following command, you can start to the statistics of alarms.
C6110 STRT-STAT-ALM : [BSC=a,[BCP=b,]]ITEM=c,MPRD=d,MTIM=e ;
a : BSC ID (0 ~ 6)
b : BCP ID (0 ~ 5)
c : Alarm Statistics Item
d : Measurement Period (MIN10|HALF|HOUR)
e : Measurement Times (1 ~ 50)
System displays the “ACCEPTED” message.
Ÿ Gathering the data of statistics starts the absolute time on 10, 20, 30, 40, 50,
and 00.
2) As soon as the operators request statistics, the data of statistics are accumulated.
Whenever the given periodic time (relative time 10, 30 and 60 minutes) is returned,
these data displays the following message within 10 minutes every hour.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-91
User’s Manual
- In case of BSC
M6110 STATISTICS ON ALARM
ITEM = ALM (BSC)
DATE = YY-MM-DD HH:MM ~ HH:MM
BSC_ID = aa
CODE PWR PBA PRO
CE
OS LNK PLL CLK CBL OOS ENV
Axxxx
...
TOTAL = x
ALM_TYPE
TOTAL CRITICAL
MAJOR
H/W ALARM
S/W ALARM
MINOR
RESULT = OK
COMPLETED
- In case of BTS
M6110 STATISTICS ON ALARM
ITEM = ALM (BTS)
DATE = YY-MM-DD HH:MM ~ HH:MM
BSC_ID = aa
BTS CODE PWR PBA PRO CE
bb Axxxx
OS LNK PLL CLK CBL OOS ENV
...
TOTAL = x
ALM_TYPE
TOTAL CRITICAL MAJOR MINOR
H/W ALARM
S/W ALARM
RESULT = OK
COMPLETED
aa : BSC ID
bb : BCP ID
3) Analysis on the output parameters
The following parameters are related to statistics of alarms.
Items
Contents
PWR
The number of the occurrences of alarms related to the power
PBA
The number of the occurrences of alarms related to the PBA boards
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-92
User’s Manual
PRO
The number of the occurrences of alarms related to the processor
CE
The number of the occurrences of alarms related to the channel
elements
OS
The number of the occurrences of alarms related to OS
LNK
The number of the occurrences of alarms related to the links
PLL
The number of the occurrences of alarms related to PLL
CLK
The number of the occurrences of alarms related to the clocks
CBL
The number of the occurrences of alarms related to the cables
OOS
The number of the occurrences of alarms related to the out-of-service
ENV
The number of the occurrences of alarms related to the environment
(12) Statistics of Paging
1) Using the following command, you can start to the statistics of paging.
C6112 STRT-STAT-PAG : [BSC=a,[BCP=b,]]MPRD=c,MTIM=d;
a : BSC ID (0 ~ 6)
b : BCP ID (0 ~ 5)
d : Measurement Period (MIN10|HALF|HOUR)
e : Measurement Times (1 ~ 50)
System displays the “ACCEPTED” message.
• Gathering the data of statistics starts the absolute time on 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, and
00
2) As soon as the operators request statistics, the data of statistics are accumulated.
Whenever the given periodic time (relative time 10, 30 and 60 minutes) is returned,
these data displays the following message within 10 minutes every hour.
M6112 STATISTICS ON PAGING
ITEM = PAG
DATE = YY-MM-DD HH:MM ~ HH:MM
BSC_ID = aa
BTS_ID ATT_1ST ATT_2ND RESPONSE NO_RESP
bb
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-93
User’s Manual
...
RESULT = OK
COMPLETED
aa : BSC ID
bb : BCP ID
3) Analysis on the output parameters
The following parameters are related to statistics of paging.
Items
Contents
ATT_1st
The number of attempts of the first paging
ATT_2nd
The number of attempts of the second paging
RESPONSE
The number of PS’s response for paging
NO_RESP
The number of no responses for paging
(13) Statistics of the Fault of RF in BTS
1) Using the following command, you can start to the statistics of the Fault of RF in
BTS.
C6120 STRT-STAT-RFF : [BSC=a,[BCP=b,]]MPRD=c,MTIM=d;
a : BSC ID (0 ~ 6)
b : BCP ID (0 ~ 5)
c : Measurement Period (MIN10|HALF|HOUR)
e : Measurement Times (1 ~ 50)
System displays the “ACCEPTED” message.
Ÿ Gathering the data of statistics starts the absolute time on 10, 20, 30, 40, 50,
and 00.
2) As soon as the operators request statistics, the data of statistics are accumulated.
Whenever the given periodic time (relative time 10, 30 and 60 minutes) is returned,
these data displays the following message within 10 minutes every hour.
M6120 STATISTICS ON RF PERFORMANCE
ITEM = RF_FAULT
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-94
User’s Manual
DATE = yy:mm:dd HH:MM ~ HH:MM
BSC_ID = aa
BTS FA SEC
bb
d c
HPA
LNA UP_BRD UP_PLL DN_BRD DN_PLL
AGC
...
RESULT = OK
COMPLETED
aa : BSC ID
bb : BCP ID
c : SECTOR ID
d : FA ID
3) Analysis on the output parameters
The following parameters are related to Statistics of the performance of RF in BTS.
Items
Contents
HPA
The abnormal state of HPA
LNA
The abnormal state of LNA(Low Noise Amplifier)
UP_BRD
The abnormal state of board of Up Converter
UP_PLL
The abnormal state of PLL of Up Converter
DN_BRD
The abnormal state of board of Down Converter
DN_PLL
The abnormal state of PLL of Down converter
AGC
When the value of AGC(Automatic Gain Control) does not satisfy the
range values, from –45 to –100 dBm, BSM gets the range values
from RFC and then sends the measurement to BCP.
(14) Statistics of Location Registration
1) You can use the following command to start to the statistics of location registration.
C6113 STRT-STAT-LR : [BSC=a,]MPRD=b,MTIM=c;
a : BSC ID (0 ~ 6)
b : Measurement Period (MIN10|HALF|HOUR)
c : Measurement Times (1 ~ 50)
System displays the “ACCEPTED” message.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-95
User’s Manual
• Gathering the data of statistics starts the absolute time on 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, and
00
2) As soon as the operators request statistics, the data of statistics are accumulated.
Whenever the given periodic time (relative time 10, 30 and 60 minutes) is returned,
these data displays the following message within 10 minutes every hour.
M6113 STATISTICS ON LOCATION REGISTRATION
ITEM = LR
DATE = yy:mm:dd HH:MM ~ HH:MM
BSC_ID = aa
P_U_ATT P_U_SUC P_U_FAIL P_D_ATT P_D_SUC P_D_FAIL TMR_ATT TMR_SUC TMR_FAIL
P_C_ATT P_C_SUC P_C_FAIL ORD_ATT ORD_SUC ORD_FAIL Z_B_ATT Z_B_SUC Z_B_FAIL
...
RESULT = OK
COMPLETED
aa : BSC ID
3) Analysis on the output parameters
The following parameters are related to statistics of location registration.
Items
Contents
P_U_ATT
The number of attempt to location registration by the power down of
MS
P_U_SUC
The number of success of location registration by the power on of MS
P_U_FAIL
The number of failure of location registration by the power on of MS
P_D_ATT
The number of attempt to location registration by the power down of
MS
P_D_SUC
The number of success of location registration by the power down of
MS
P_D_FAIL
The number of failure of location registration by the power down of MS
TMR_ATT
The number of attempt to location registration by the periodic timer
TMR_SUC
The number of success of location registration by the periodic timer
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-96
User’s Manual
TMR_FAIL
The number of failure of location registration by the periodic timer
P_C_ATT
The number of attempt to the location registration by the change of
parameters (SLOT_CYCLE_INDEX, SCM, and MOB_TERM)
P_C_SUC
The number of success of the location registration by the change of
parameters (SLOT_CYCLE_INDEX, SCM, and MOB_TERM)
P_C_FAIL
The number of failure of the location registration by the change of
parameters (SLOT_CYCLE_INDEX, SCM, and MOB_TERM)
ORD_ATT
The number of attempt to location registration by the command of
requesting for it.
ORD_SUC
The number of success of location registration by the command of
requesting for it.
ORD_FAIL
The number of failure of location registration by the command of
requesting for it.
Z_B_ATT
The number of attempt to the location registration by the change of
zone
Z_B_SUC
The number of success of location registration due to the change of
zone.
Z_B_FAIL
The number of failure of location registration due to the change of
zone
(15) Statistics of No.7
1) You use the following command to start to the statistics of No.7.
C6121 STRT-STAT-MTP:[BSC=a,]ITEM=b,MPRD=c,MTIM=d;
a : BSC ID (0 ~ 6)
b : Item (PERF|AVL|UTL|ALL)
c : Measurement Period (MIN10|HALF|HOUR)
d : Measurement Times (1 ~ 50)
C6122 STRT-STAT-SCCP:[BSC=a,]ITEM=b,MPRD=c,MTIM=d;
a : BSC ID (0 ~ 6)
b : Item (PERF|AVL|UTL|ALL)
c : Measurement Period (MIN10|HALF|HOUR)
d : Measurement Times (1 ~ 50)
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-97
User’s Manual
System displays the “ACCEPTED” message.
• Gathering the data of statistics starts the absolute time on 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, and
00.
2) As soon as the operators request statistics, the data of statistics are accumulated.
Whenever the periodic time (relative time 10, 30 and 60 minutes) is returned, these
data displays the following message within 10 minutes every hour.
M6121 STATISTICS ON NO7 LINK
ITEM = LINK_PERF
DATE = YY-MM-DD HH:MM ~ HH:MM
BSC_ID = aa
LINK
IN_SVC
FL_ALL FL_ABNM
NSU_ERR NEG_ACK
bb
COO_TX
FL_ACK
COO_RX
FL_ERR FL_CONG FL_ALIGN
CBD_TX
CBD_RX
...
RESULT = OK
COMPLETED
M6121 STATISTICS ON NO7 LINK
ITEM = LINK_AVAIL
DATE = YY-MM-DD HH:MM ~ HH:MM
BSC_ID = aa
LINK LOC_BUSY LNK_UNAV LNK_I_TX LNK_I_RX LNK_U_TX LNK_U_RX
bb
...
RESULT = OK
COMPLETED
M6121 STATISTICS ON NO7 LINK
ITEM = LINK_UTIL
DATE = YY-MM-DD HH:MM ~ HH:MM
BSC_ID = aa
LINK SIFOCTTX SIFOCTRX RETRANS
MSU_TX
MSU_RX CONG_DRP LINK_CONG
SIOOCTTX SIOOCTRX
bb
...
RESULT = OK
COMPLETED
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-98
User’s Manual
aa : BSC ID
bb : Link ID
M6122 STATISTICS ON NO7 SCCP
ITEM = SCCP_PERF
DATE = YY-MM-DD HH:MM ~ HH:MM
BSC_ID = aa
NET_FAIL SSN_FAIL STX_ERR UNKNOWN NET_CONG UNEQUIP SSN_CONG
RESULT = OK
COMPLETED
M6122 STATISTICS ON NO7 SCCP
ITEM = SCCP_AVAIL
DATE = YY-MM-DD HH:MM ~ HH:MM
BSC_ID = aa
RESULT = NOK
REASON = DATA UNDEFINED
COMPLETED
M6122 STATISTICS ON NO7 SCCP
ITEM = SCCP_UTIL
DATE = YY-MM-DD HH:MM ~ HH:MM
BSC_ID = aa
MSG_HAND MSG_LOC MSG_TXC0 MSG_RXC0
RESULT = OK
COMPLETED
aa : BSC ID
3) Analysis on output parameters
The following parameters are related to statistics of signaling link performance.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-99
User’s Manual
Items
Contents
IN_SVC
Start of in-service
FL_ALL
All reasons for a signaling link failure
FL_ABNM
Abnormal FIBR/BSNR link failure
FL_ACK
Delay of acknowledgement link failure
FL_ERR
Excessive error rate link failure
FL_CONG
Excessive congestion link failure
FL_ALIGN
Alignment link failure
NSU_ERR
Number of signal units in error
NEG_ACK
Number of negative acknowledgements
COO_TX
Changeover, order transmitted
COO_RX
Changeover, order received
CBD_TX
Change back, declaration transmitted
CBD_RX
Change back, declaration received
The following parameters are related to statistics of signaling link availability.
Items
Contents
LOC_BUSY
Duration of local-busy
LNK_UNAV
Duration of link unavailability
LNK_I_TX
Link inhibit transmitted
LNK_I_RX
Link inhibit received
LNK_U_TX
Link uninhibit transmitted
LNK_U_RX
Link uninhibit received
The following parameters are related to statistics of signaling link utility.
Items
Contents
SIFOCTTX
Number of SIF octets transmitted
SIFOCTRX
Number of SIF octets received
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-100
User’s Manual
RETRANS
Number of octets retransmitted
MSU_TX
Number of MSU transmitted
MSU_RX
Number of MSU received
CONG_DRP
MSUs dropped due to link congestion
LNK_CONG
Duration of link congestion
SIOOCTTX
Number of SIO octets transmitted
SIOOCTRX
Number of SIO octets received
The following parameters are related to statistics of SCCP performance.
Items
Contents
NET_FAIL
Network failure (point code unavailable)
SSN_FAIL
Subsystem failure
STX_ERR
Syntax Error
UNKNOWN
Reason Unknown
NET_CONG
Network Congestion
UNEQUIP
Unequipped user
SSN_CONG
Subsystem Congestion
• Statistics Item of SCCP Availability – Not decided
There is no consistent with S/W item of Trillium of the parameters described in
Q.752. This item corresponds to the item of availability( Note: for SOR and SOG,
this item exists the parameter but HEI’s system does not use it).
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-101
User’s Manual
The following parameters are related to statistics of SCCP utility.
Items
Contents
MSG_HAND
Total messages handled
MSG_LOC
Total messages intended for local subsystem
MSG_TXC0
Total messages sent, class 0
MSG_RXC0
Total messages received, class 0
• In overloading, the function of measurement and statistics can be limited.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-102
User’s Manual
3.3 Data Management
The Data is changed according to configuration or environment of BTS and BSC.
Therefore, it is necessary to adjust as an appropriate value.
3.3.1 Access Channel Parameter
[ BSMcmd : xx ] DIS-AC-PARA:BTS=0,SECT=ALPHA,FA=0,PC=0;
M5016 DISPLAY ACCESS CHANNEL PARAMETER
BSC : 0
BCP : 0
SECTOR_ID
BTS : 0
NAME : Grand
: ALPHA
PC_ID
:0
CDMA_CH_INDEX
NUM_DEMODS
PREAMBLE_INTG_PERIOD
:3
:0
:4
PREAMBLE_WIN_LENGTH
PREAMBLE_PN_OFFSET : 160
MULTIPATH_INTG_PERIOD : 6
MULTIPATH_WIN_LENGTH: 128
MULTIPATH_GAIN
NOLOCK_THRESH
: 63
COMBINE_THRESH
LOCK_THRESH
: 1280
:1
: 65
: 70
ITEMS
RANGE
DESCRIPTION
SECTOR_ID
0~2
It is the Sector id number per BTS, and it sets on the
basis of 3 sectors.
In case of the omni sector, SECTOR_ID is 0.
CDMA_CH_INDEX
Refer to 3.3.4
It is the CDMA series channel number per BTS, and
consists of CDMA frequency at BTS.
Now, it accommodates the eight frequencies.
PC_ID
0~6
It is a paging channel discrimination number, and it
accommodates 7 paging numbers per one sub-cell.
NUM_DEMODS
1~4
The number of demodulator ASIC per channel.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-103
User’s Manual
ITEMS
RANGE
PREAMBLE_INTG
2~4
_PERIOD
DESCRIPTION
When BTS searches preamble of Access probe of
Access channel BTS gets the correlation of mobile
station signal and generated signal by PN generator.
And its period is Walsh symbol
(8preamble_intg_period ).
PREAMBLE_WIN_
0 ~ 3071
LENGTH
By size of preamble search window, BTS adapt the
biggest PN offset out of correlation result of
Preamble_win_length/4.
PREAMBLE_PN_O
0 ~ 3071
FFSET
MULTIPATH_
Initial value of PN offset, when Access channel
searches preamble of Access probe.
2~6
INTG_PERIOD
It is given as an 8-correlation integration period,
when Access channel searches multi-path
component of data part for access probe for Access
channel.
MULTIPATH_WIN_
1 ~240
LENGTH
MULTIPATH_
The size of the multi-path component search window
for access probe.
0 ~ 255
GAIN
This parameter is used when PN offset is allocated
to finger. Here, PN offset has maximum energy out
of multi-path component.
NOLOCK_
0 ~ 65535
THRESH
This is a threshold that should be run over as much
as to_nolock_cnt times for changing fingers from the
state of locking to the state of unlocking.
This threshold is integer value between 0 to 65535.
LOCK_THRESH
0 ~ 65535
This is a threshold that should be run over as much
as to_lock_cnt times for changing fingers from the
state of unlocking to the state of locking.
This threshold is integer value between 0 to 65535.
COMBINE_
THRESH
0 ~ 65535
If accumulated and filtered Energy that is finger of
current lock state exceeds this value, output energy
of the finger is used to symbol combine process.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-104
User’s Manual
3.3.2 Access Parameter
[ BSMcmd : xx ] DIS-ACC-MSG:BTS=0,SECT=BETA,FA=0,PC=0;
M5019 DISPLAY ACCESS PARAMETER MESSAGE
BSC : 0
BCP : 0
SECTOR_ID
BTS : 0
: BETA
PC_ID
NAME : Grand
CDMA_CH_INDEX
:0
:0
NORMINAL_PWR
:0
INITIAL_PWR
:0
PWR_STEP
NUM_STEP
:6
MAX_CAP_SIZE
:0
PREAMBLE_SIZE : 3
PSIST_0_9
:0
PSIST_10
:0
PSIST_11
:0
PSIST_12
:0
PSIST_13
:0
PSIST_14
:0
PSIST_15
:0
MSG_PSIST
:0
:6
REG_PSIST
PROBE_PN_RANDOM
:0
:0
ACC_TIMEOUT
PROBE_BACKOFF
:1
BACKOFF
MAX_REQ_SEQ
:2
MAX_RSP_SEQ
AUTH
: NO
NOR_PWR_EXT
RAND
:5
:1
:2
:0
:0
ITEMS
RANGE
DESCRIPTION
SECTOR_ID
0~2
CDMA_CH_INDEX
Refer to 3.3.4
PC_ID
0~6
NORMINAL_PWR
-128 ~ 127
Nominal transmission power offset value
INITIAL_PWR
-128 ~ 127
The initial power offset value
PWR_STEP
0~7
Power increment value
NUM_STEP
0 ~ 15
It has num_step+1 probes within an access probe
Sector ID
CDMA channel index of BTS
Paging channel ID
sequence.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-105
User’s Manual
ITEMS
RANGE
MAX_CAP_SIZE
0~7
DESCRIPTION
This parameter value is equal to
[ Maximum frames of access channel message
capsule in access channel slot - 1 ].
PREAMBLE_SIZE
0 ~15
This parameter value is equal to
[ Maximum frames of access channel preamble in
access channel slot - 1 ].
PSIST_0_9
0 ~ 63
This value is between 0 and 63 as persistence for
overload classes 0 ~ 9 ( commercial mobile system
).
PSIST_10
0~7
This value is between 0 and 7 as persistence for
overload classes 10 ( Emergency Use ).
PSIST_11
0~7
This value is between 0 and 7 as persistence for
overload classes 11 ( Reserved ).
PSIST_12
0~7
This value is between 0 and 7 as persistence for
overload classes 12 ( Reserved ).
PSIST_13
0~7
This value is between 0 and 7 as persistence for
overload classes 13 ( Reserved ).
PSIST_14
0~7
This value is between 0 and 7 as persistence for
overload classes 14 ( Reserved ).
PSIST_15
0~7
This value is between 0 and 7 as persistence for
overload classes 15 ( Reserved ).
MSG_PSIST
0~7
This value is between 0 and 7 as persistence for
message transmission.
REG_PSIST
0~7
This value is between 0 and 7 as persistence for
registration.
PROBE_PN_
0~9
RANDOM
When mobile station sends access probe to base
station, this is a random parameter for sending to
access probe with random delay at access slot.
ACC_TIMEOUT
2 ~ 63
After sending access probe, mobile station awaits
acknowledgment from base station during
acc_timeout.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-106
User’s Manual
ITEMS
RANGE
PROBE_
0 ~ 15
DESCRIPTION
This is a backoff range between access probe
BACKOFF
transmission. ( After awaiting this period, mobile
station sends access probe sequence again. )
BACKOFF
0 ~ 15
This is a backoff range between access probe
sequence.
MAX_REQ_SEQ
1 ~ 15
Maximum value of access probe sequence about
access channel request.
MAX_RSP_SEQ
1 ~ 15
Maximum value of access probe sequence about
access channel response.
AUTH
0~1
Authentication mode
00 : does not authentication process
01 : does authentication process with rand
RAND
0~1
Random challenge number
If AUTH is ‘00’, this parameter is omitted. If AUTH is
“01”, this parameter have random number of 32 bit.
NOR_PWR_EXT
0~1
Extended normal transmission power
3.3.3 Information of BTS Configuration
[ BSMcmd : xx ] DIS-BTS-CONF:BTS=0;
M5000 DISPLAY BTS CONFIGURATION
BSC : 0
BCP : 0
BTS_ID
EQP_STS
BTS_TYPE
SID
BTS : 0
NAME : Grand
:0
BTS_NAME
: EQP
BLK_STS
: SECTOR
: 2222
NUM_CDMA_CH
:2
: Grand
: UBLK
BASE_CLASS
: PCS
NID
:4
NUM_SECTOR
:3
REG_ZONE
:3
LTM_OFF
: 18
DAY_LT
: SAVING
PRAT
: 0(9600BPS)
NGHBOR_MAX_AGE
:0
PILOT_INCREMENT
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
:2
3-107
User’s Manual
PREF_MSID_TYPE : 3
MCC
: 971
BAND_CLASS
TMSI_ZONE
IMSI_11_12
:1
:0
:0
GRANTED_MODE
:1
EXPECTED_SID
:0
EXPECTED_NID
:0
TMSI_EXP_TIME
:0
BASE_LAT
:0
BASE_LOGN
:0
ITEMS
RANGE
BTS_ID
0 ~ 511
BTS_NAME
xxxxxxxx
EQP_STS
0~1
DESCRIPTION
BTS ID
BTS name
Set up equips state of BTS.
0 : N_EQUIP, 1: EQUIP
BLK_STS
0~4
Set up Block State of BTS.
0 : M_UBLK
3 : F_BLK
BTS_TYPE
0~4
1 : M_BLK
2 : T_BLK
4 : FT_BLK
Set up configuration BTS.
0 : Sector BTS 2 : OD_SECTOR
BASE_CLASS
0~1
1 : Omni BTS
3 : OD_OMNI
4 : OD_MINI
5 : U_SECTOR 6 : U_OMNI
BTS Class
0 : CDMA System
1: PCS System
SID
0 ~ 32767
System ID number
NID
0 ~ 65535
Network ID Number
NUM_CDMA_CH
0~7
Number of frequency channel using in BTS
NUM_SECTOR
1~3
Number of sector using in BTS
REG_ZONE
0 ~ 127
Registration Zone Number of BTS
( NID Group numbers )
LTM_OFF
-24 ~ 24
DAY_LT
0~1
Local Time Offset from UTC. ( Unit : 30 minutes )
0 = standard time
1 = Daylight saving time flag
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-108
User’s Manual
ITEMS
RANGE
PRAT
0~4
DESCRIPTION
Paging channel data rate ( But, only 0 or 1 value are
allowed )
NGHBOR_MAX_
0 : 9600bps
1 : 4800bps
2 : 2400bps
3 : 1200bps
0~1
Maximum neighbor set configuration for maintenance.
0 ~ 15
Increment value of Pilot PN Sequence Offset Index
0~7
Suggesting MSID type at Base Station
AGE
PILOT_
INCREMENT
PREF_MSID_
TYPE
010 : IMSI
011 : IMSI and ESN
110 : TMSI and IMSI
111 : TMSI, IMSI and ESN
TMSI_ZONE
TMSI Zone number
MCC
0 ~ 999
National code of mobile
IMSI_11_12
0 ~ 99
The 11th, 12th digit value of IMSI
BAND_CLASS
0~1
Band Class
0 : 800MHz Cellular Band, 1 : 1.8 ~ 2.0 GHz Band
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-109
User’s Manual
ITEMS
RANGE
GRANTED_
0~2
MODE
DESCRIPTION
Permission Mode
0 : The initial Service Configuration of Mobile Station
is made up of Multiple Option1, and Rate Set1.
Service of MS before receiving is receive the first
Service Connect Message.
1 : The initial Service Configuration of Mobile
Station is made up of default Multiple Option
and transmission rate required by MS. Service
of MS is determined the first Service Connect
Message.
2 : The initial Service Configuration of Mobile Station
is made up of default Multiple Option and
transmission rate required by MS. Service of
MS is not determined before receiving the first
Service Connect Message.
EXPECTED_SID
0~1
Expected SID - System value when Mobile Station is
redefined as a new system.
EXPECTED_NID
0~1
Expected NID - System value when Mobile Station is
redefined as a new system.
TMSI_EXP_TIME
0 ~ 255
BASE_LAT
-1296000
TMSI maintenance time
The latitude of Base Station
~ 1296000
BASE_LOGN
-2592000
The longitude of Base Station
~ 2592000
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-110
User’s Manual
3.3.4 Base Station CDMA Environment
[ BSMcmd : xx ] DIS-FA-PARA:BTS=0;
M5012 DISPLAY CDMA CHANNEL INDEX LIST
BSC : 0
BCP : 0
BTS : 0
CDMA_CH_INDEX CDMA_CH_ID
NAME : Grand
CDMA_CH_KIND
COMMON
COMMON
ITEMS
HANDOFF_TCE_RESERVE(%)
RANGE
CDMA_CH_INDEX
DESCRIPTION
0 ~ (MAX_CDMA_CH_IDX -1) Maximum allowable
frequency Index
CDMA_CH_ID
0 ~ (MAX_CDMA_CH_IDX -1) Maximum allowable
frequency ID
CDMA_CH_KIND
0~2
0:NO_SVC 1:COMMON
2:UNIQUE
HANDOFF_TCE_RESERVE
0 ~ 100
Reserve allowable rate
( Percent )
3.3.5 Base Station CDMA Information
[ BSMcmd : xx ] DIS-CDMA-INFO;
M5002 DISPLAY CDMA CHANNEL ID LIST
CDMA_CH_ID CDMA_CH_NUM
350
250
65535
65535
65535
65535
65535
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-111
User’s Manual
ITEMS
RANGE
DESCRIPTION
CDMA_CH_ID
Refer to 3.3.4
CDMA_CH_NUM
1 ~ 1023
The maximum allowable frequency ID
CDMA Channel Number corresponding to transmit
frequency.
3.3.6 Base Station Channel List Message
[ BSMcmd : xx ] DIS-CHLIST-MSG:BTS=0,SECT=BETA;
M5090 DISPLAY CDMA CHANNEL LIST MESSAGE
BTS : 0(Grand) SECTOR : BETA
PILOT_PN
: 120
CDMA_FREQ
: 350
CDMA_FREQ
: 250
ITEMS
RANGE
DESCRIPTION
PILOT_PN
0 ~ 511
MS classified various signals from base station or sector
by offsets with basic PN code.
CDMA_FREQ
1 ~ 1023 CDMA Channel Number corresponding to transmit
frequency.
3.3.7 Extended System Parameter Information
[ BSMcmd : xx ] DIS-EXTSYS-MSG:BTS=0,SECT=ALPHA,FA=0;
M5089 DISPLAY EXTENDED SYSTEM PARAMETER MESSAGE
BTS : 0(Grand) SECTOR : ALPHACDMA_CH_INDEX : 0
PILOT_PN
MCC
TMSI_ZONE
: 100
: 971
:0
PREF_MSID_TYPE : 3
IMSI_11_12
BCAST_INDEX
:0
:0
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-112
User’s Manual
ITEMS
RANGE
DESCRIPTION
PILOT_PN
0 ~ 511
MS classified various signals from base station or
sector by offsets with basic PN codes.
PREF_MSID_TYPE
2~7
Preferred Access Channel Mobile Station Identifier
Type.
MCC
0 ~ 999
National code of mobile
IMSI_11_12
0 ~ 99
The 11th, 12th digit value of IMSI
TMSI_ZONE
BCAST_INDEX
0 or
TMSI Zone number
Broadcast slot cycle index ( 0 : disable, other : enable )
other
3.3.8 Forward Link Power Information
[ BSMcmd : xx ] DIS-FWDP-INFO:BTS=0,SECT=ALPHA,FA=0;
M5013 DISPLAY FORWARD POWER DATA
BSC : 0
BCP : 0
SECTOR_ID
BTS : 0
: ALPHA
FWD_GAIN_RPT
NAME : Grand
CDMA_CH_INDEX
: DISABLE
SHUFFLE_THRESHOLD
:0
SHRINK_THRESHOLD
:0
SHRINK_OFFSET
POWER_BANK
: 8128
SHUFFLE_OFFSET
:0
UNSHRINK_THRESHOLD
:0
REACTION_TIME
GAIN_HI_RPT_THRESHOLD: 5
REPORT_INTERVAL
:0
:0
: 800
GAIN_LO_RPT_THRESHOLD : 5
:0
HO_PWR_RESERV
:0
LIMIT_CELL_DEC_PERCENT : 80
ITEMS
RANGE
SECTOR_ID
0~2
CDMA_CH_INDEX
Refer to 3.3.4
DESCRIPTION
Sector ID
CDMA channel index of Base Station
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-113
User’s Manual
ITEMS
RANGE
DESCRIPTION
FWD_GAIN_RPT
0~1
If this parameter value is 1 and gain of traffic channel
element isn’t 0 and when there are occurrences or no
occurrences of traffic channel element to cell
controller, the base station sends forward link power
control message to mobile station by report_interval.
If this parameter value is 0, the base station does not
send forward link power control message to mobile
station and cell controller does not perform the role of
forward link power control, like shrink, shuffle, etc.
0 : DISABLE
POWER_BANK
0 ~ 232-1
1 : ENABLE
Total transmitting power of CDMA channel, which this
record belongs.
( The summation of square of each channel gain )
SHUFFLE_
32
0 ~ 2 -1
THRESHOLD
Power shuffle threshold
This value is compared with extra power of sector.
So, if the current extra power in power bank is less
than this value, cell controller performs shuffle.
SHUFFLE_
0 ~ 80
OFFSET
Default shuffle down index
When this value is received at forward power shuffle
broadcast message, traffic channel element changes
power by -3+default_shfl/8.
SHRINK_
-231 ~ 232-1 Cell shrink threshold.
THRESHOLD
If currently remained power in power bank is less
than this value, cell controller reduces pilot gain by
shrink_decr and sends pilot gain to pilot, sync
channel element through forward power broadcast
message.
ITEMS
RANGE
DESCRIPTION
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-114
User’s Manual
UNSHRINK_
-231 ~ 232-1 Cell unshrink threshold.
THRESHOLD
If currently remained power in power bank is more
than this value and the current pilot gain is less than
pilot gain which set initially, increases pilot gain by
certain value.
SHRINK_OFFSET
0 ~ 127
Reducing quantity of pilot gain when cell execute
shrink function.
REACTION_TIME
0 ~ 65535
After performing shrink or shuffle operation, shrink or
shuffle function can be performed after this time.
GAIN_HI_RPT_
0 ~ 127
THRESHOLD
High gain threshold
Traffic channels element the condition of sending
forward link power control report message to cell
controller.
GAIN_LO_RPT_
0 ~ 127
THRESHOLD
Low gain threshold
Traffic channels element the condition of sending
forward link power control report message to cell
controller.
REPORT_
0 ~ 255
INTERVAL
Traffic channel element should report current gain of
itself to cell controller again at least within this
interval reporting gain of itself before, although
current gain is not more than high threshold or not
less than low threshold.
HO_PWR_
0 ~ 65535
RESERV
Power value which will be used for reserved, which
will be used for reserved besides power for basic call
when handoff.
LIMIT_CELL_DEC
_PERCENT
0 ~100
Limit value of the pilot gain difference when shrinks
or unshrinks.
3.3.9 Paging Channel Parameter
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-115
User’s Manual
[ BSMcmd : xx ] DIS-PC-PARA:BTS=0,SECT=ALPHA,FA=0,PC=0;
M5018 DISPLAY PAGING CHANNEL PARAMETER
BSC : 0
BCP : 0
SECTOR_ID
PC_ID
BTS : 0
NAME : Grand
: ALPHA
CDMA_CH_INDEX : 0
:0
PC_GAIN
ITEMS
RANGE
SECTOR_ID
0~2
: 65
DESCRITION
Sector ID
CDMA_CH_INDEX Refer to 3.3.4 CDMA channel index of BTS
PC_ID
0~6
Paging channel discrimination number.
One sub-cell has maximum 7 paging numbers.
PC_GAIN
0 ~ 127
Paging channel gain value
3.3.10 Psync Channel Parameter
[ BSMcmd : xx ] DIS-PSC-PARA:BTS=0,SECT=ALPHA,FA=0;
M5017 DISPLAY PILOT/SYNC CHANNEL PARAMETER
BSC : 0
BCP : 0
BTS : 0
NAME : Grand
SECTOR_ID
: ALPHA
CDMA_CH_INDEX
:0
PILOT_GAIN
: 108
SYNC_GAIN
: 34
ITEMS
RANGE
DESCRIPTION
SECTOR_ID
0~2
CDMA_CH_INDEX
Refer to 3.3.4
PILOT_GAIN
0 ~ 127
Pilot channel gain value
SYNC_GAIN
0 ~ 127
Sync channel gain value
Sector ID
CDMA channel index of BTS
3.3.11 RFC Parameter
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-116
User’s Manual
[ BSMcmd : xx ] DIS-RFC-PARA:BTS=0,SECT=BETA,FA=0;
M5020 DISPLAY RADIO FREQUENCY CARD DATA
BSC : 0
BCP : 0
BTS : 0
SECTOR_ID
NAME : Grand
: BETA
RX_A_ATTEN
:0
CDMA_CH_INDEX
RX_B_ATTEN
TX_ATTEN
:0
:0
FUNC_SWITCH
NOISE_COUNT
: 10
F_DECAY
F_UPDATE_RATE
: 100
RX_A_LOSS
RX_B_LOSS
:0
: 41
:0
: 128
: 41
K_SLOPE
:1
K_DELTA
:3
TX_GAIN_DELTA
GEN_UPD_RATE
: 200
PWR_TX_TIME
DELTA_TX_ATTEN
:1
RCV_CALL_BLK_THR
RCV_CALL_UBLK_THR
ITEMS
RANGE
SECTOR_ID
0~2
CDMA_CH_INDEX
Refer to 3.3.4
RX_A_ATTEN
0 ~ 127
:1
:1
:1
:1
DESCRIPTION
Sector ID.
CDMA channel index of BTS
Attenuation of noise ( Reverse OUN ) added to
receiver A paths in 0.5dB steps from 0 to 63.5dB.
Initial values of Rx A attenuator.
RX_B_ATTEN
0 ~ 127
Attenuation of noise (Reverse OUN) added to
receiver B paths in 0.5dB steps from 0 to 63.5dB.
Initial value of Rx B attenuator.
TX_ATTEN
0 ~ 127
Transmission loss.
So it is not used because there is no OUNS. But
this is used as the meaning of attenuation level of
received signal for transmit path.
ITEMS
RANGE
DESCRIPTION
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-117
User’s Manual
FUNC_SWITCH
0~1
Set up Cell breathing in response to changes of
received power changes.
NOISE_COUNT
10
Repeat number of noise insertion attenuation which
activates cell partly or fully as a cell received noise
estimate variable.
F_DECAY
128
Attenuation constant value of total received power
filter as reverse link received power estimation
parameter.
F_UPDATE_RATE
100
Compensation ratio value of total received power
filter as reverse link received power estimation
parameter.
RX_A_LOSS
41
As this is the reverse received power assumption
parameter, it is a relatively received path
attenuation value for received path A.
RX_B_LOSS
41
As this is the reverse received power assumption
parameter, it is a relatively received path
attenuation value for received path B.
K_SLOPE
Cell breathing related variable, slope value of
breathing mode.
K_DELTA
Cell breathing related variable, deviation value of
breathing mode
TX_GAIN_DELTA
Cell breathing related variable, deviation value of
Maximum Transmission Gain.
GEN_UPD_RATE
200
Compensation ratio of total received power filter as
reverse link received power estimation parameter.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-118
User’s Manual
ITEMS
RANGE
DESCRIPTION
PWR_TX_TIME
As this is the reverse link received power estimation
parameter, it is the total received power filter
compensation ratio value.
DELTA_TX_ATTEN
None
RCV_CALL_BLK_
None
None
THR
RCV_CALL_UBLK_
THR
3.3.12 Forward Link Power Control Data
(1) Rate Set 1 (9600bps)
If it does not receive “Power Measurement Report Message” from MS in the initial value
for the definite time, it reduces the value to minimum as the definded down step. After
receiving the message from MS, it increases the gain as the definded up step referring to
the message.
ITEMS
RANGE
DEFAULT
DESCRIPTION
FPC_MODE
0/1
The fixed(0) or variable(1) flag for
the minimun value of power
control
FER_THRESHOLD
1 ~ 10
The threshold value (%) to
determine small_up or big_up
referring to the forward link FER
taken by PMRM.
SMALL_UP_DELTA
1 ~ 10
The power control rising step for
the forward link FER below
fer_threshold.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-119
User’s Manual
BIG_UP_DELTA
1 ~ 10
10
The power control up step for the
forward link FER above
fer_threshold.
DOWN_TIME
500~4000
1600
DOWN_DELTA
1 ~ 10
Down timer value (ms)
Down step after down timer is
expired.
NORMINAL_GAIN
34~108
50
The initial value for the forward
link control.
MAX_TX_GAIN
50~108
80
The maximum value for the
forward link control.
FLOOR_ONE_WAY
34~50
40
The minimum value (1cell)
FLOOR_TWO_WAY
34~108
66
The minimum value (2cell)
FLOOR_THREE_WAY
34~108
73
The minimum value (3cell)
SIGNAL_DELTA_GAIN
64~128
96
The parameter for getting the
signal message power control
value : The signal message power
control value = The present power
control value X
signal_delta_gain/64
PCSC_DELTA_GAIN_1
64~128
64
In case of 1 active BTS, the
paremeter for the power control
value of reverse link power control
bit. : pcsc_gain = The present
power control value X
pcsc_delta_gain_1/64
PCSC_DELTA_GAIN_2
64~128
96
In case of 2 active BTS, the
paremeter for the power control
value of reverse link power control
bit. : pcsc_gain = The present
power control value X
pcsc_delta_gain_2/64
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-120
User’s Manual
PCSC_DELTA_GAIN_3
64~128
112
In case of 3 active BTS, the
paremeter for the power control
value of reverse link power control
bit. : pcsc_gain = The present
power control value X
pcsc_delta_gain_3/64
(2) Rate set 2 (14400bps)
It is shown the quality of the forward frame using the erasure indicator bit of rate set 2 in
real time, so we can control the forward link power, speedly and accurately.
ITEMS
RANGE
DEFAULT
DESCRIPTION
FPC_MODE
0/1
The fixed(0) or variable(1) flag for
the minimun value of power
control
FER_TOTAL_FRAMES
0 ~50
Total frames to obtain the forward
link power control FER.
SMALL_UP_THRESHO
10~100
30
LD
MIDDLE_UP_THRESH
(%) for small up
10~100
60
OLD
FULL_UP_THRESHOL
The forward link FER threshold
(%) for middle up
10~100
70
SMALL_UP_DELTA
The forward link FER threshold
The forward link FER threshold
(%) for full up
1 ~ 10
The power control rising step for
small up
MIDDLE_UP_DELTA
1~10
The power control rising step for
middle up
BIG_UP_DELTA
1 ~ 10
The power control rising step for
big up
FULL_UP_DELTA
1~10
The power control rising step for
full up
DOWN_TIME
500~4000
1600
Down timer value (ms)
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-121
User’s Manual
DOWN_DELTA
1 ~ 10
Down step after down timer is
expired.
NORMINAL_GAIN
34~108
50
The initial value for the forward
link control.
MAX_TX_GAIN
50~108
80
The maximum value for the
forward link control.
FLOOR_ONE_WAY
34~50
40
The minimum value (1cell)
FLOOR_TWO_WAY
34~108
66
The minimum value (2cell)
FLOOR_THREE_WAY
34~108
73
The minimum value (3cell)
SIGNAL_DELTA_GAIN
64~128
96
The parameter for getting the
signal message power control
value : The signal message power
control value = The present power
control value X
signal_delta_gain/64
PCSC_DELTA_GAIN_1
64~128
64
In case of 1 active BTS, the
paremeter for the power control
value of reverse link power control
bit. : pcsc_gain = The present
power control value X
pcsc_delta_gain_1/64
PCSC_DELTA_GAIN_2
64~128
96
In case of 2 active BTS, the
paremeter for the power control
value of reverse link power control
bit. : pcsc_gain = The present
power control value X
pcsc_delta_gain_2/64
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-122
User’s Manual
PCSC_DELTA_GAIN_3
64~128
112
In case of 3 active BTS, the
paremeter for the power control
value of reverse link power control
bit. : pcsc_gain = The present
power control value X
pcsc_delta_gain_3/64
3.3.13 Reverse Link Power Control Data
[ BSMcmd : xx ] DIS-RPC-INFO:BTS=0,SECT=GAMMA,FA=0;
M5033 DISPLAY REVERSE POWER CONTROL DATA
BSC : 0
BCP : 0
BTS : 0
NAME : Grand
BTS_ID
:0
SECTOR_ID
: GAMMA
CDMA_CH_ID
:0
PWRCTL_NORMINAL
: 26704
PWRCTL_MIN
: 15128
PWRCTL_MAX
PWRCTL_UP_FULL
: 36408
: 3072
PWRCTL_UP_ERASURE : 248
PWRCTL_UP_ERASURE_LITTLE
: 50
PWRCTL_DOWN
: 32
PWRCTL_VAR_DOWN
:4
PWRCTL_FULL_WAIT
:1
PWRCTL_FULL_RUN_RESET
: -2
PWRCTL_ERASURE_RUN_LIM
ITEMS
RANGE
BTS_ID
0 ~ 511
SECTOR_ID
0~2
CDMA_CH_ID
Refer to 3.3.4
:5
DESCRIPTION
Base Station ID
Sector ID
Base Station CDMA channel index
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-123
User’s Manual
ITEMS
RANGE
PWRCTL_NORMINAL
26704
DESCRIPTION
As this is the reverse link power control critical
value, power control critical value begins from
this value in the beginning of call setup.
PWRCTL_MAX
36408
As this is the reverse link power control
maximum value, this value is set in case that
critical value is more than this value.
PWRCTL_MIN
15128
As this is the reverse link power control minimum
value, this value is set in case that critical value
is less than this value.
PWRCTL_UP_FULL
3072
As this is the power control increment value out
of Full/Half rate, use this to increase of the power
during the full rate run.
PWRCTL_UP_
248
ERASURE
As this is the power control increment value out
of Eight/Quarter rate, use this to increase the
power when the number of consecutive erasure
frames is more than pwrctl_erasure_run_lim
value during the erasure run.
PWRCTL_UP_
50
ERASURE_LITTLE
As this is the power control increment value out
of Eight/Quarter rate, use this to decrease the
power when the number of consecutive erasure
frames is less than pwrctl_erasure_run_lim
during the erasure run.
PWRCTL_DOWN
32
As this is the power control decrement value out
of Full/Half rate, use this to decrease of the
power during the full rate run.
PWRCTL_VAR_
DOWN
PWRCTL_FULL_
WAIT
The power control critical decrement value during
the Quarter/Eighth rate Conversation State.
The number of waiting frames after appications
of PWRCTL_UP_PWR
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-124
User’s Manual
ITEMS
RANGE
PWRCTL_FULL_RUN_
-2
DESCRIPTION
The minimum number of consecutive full/half
RESET
frames to to enter a full rate rate run.
PWRCTL_ERASURE_
Determine the increment amount of power by this
RUN_LIM
value, during the erasure run.
3.3.14 Base Station Cell Information
[ BSMcmd : xx ] DIS-SCEL-INFO:BTS=0,SECT=ALPHA,FA=0;
M5004 DISPLAY SUBCELL CONFIGURATION
BSC : 0
BCP : 0
BTS : 0
NAME : Grand
BTS_ID
:0
SECTOR_ID
: ALPHA
CDMA_CH_ID
:0
SERVICE_ON_OFF
: ON
COMMON_PILOT_EQUIP
EQUIP_STATUS
: NEQP
: EQP
T_ADD
: 28
T_DROP
: 32
T_COMP
T_TDROP
:2
SRCH_WIN_A
:6
SRCH_WIN_N
:7
SRCH_WIN_R
:8
PWR_REPT_THRESH
:3
PWR_REPT_FRAME
PWR_THRESH_ENABLE : ENABLE
PWR_REPT_DELAY
:5
:7
PWR_PERIOD_ENABLE : ENABLE
:5
ITEMS
RANGE
BTS_ID
0 ~ 511
SECTOR_ID
0~2
CDMA_CH_ID
Refer to 3.3.4
SERVICE_ON_OFF
0~1
DESCRIPTION
Base Station ID
Sector ID
CDMA channel ID
Service On/Off of corresponding to Subcell.
( 0 : off, 1 : On )
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-125
User’s Manual
ITEMS
RANGE
EQUIP_STATUS
0~1
DESCRIPTION
Setting Equip state.
0 : N_EQUIP, 1 : EQUIP
COMMON_PILOT_
0~1
EQUIP
T_ADD
Setting Equip state of common pilot at Base
Station or not.
0 ~ 63
Pilot detection threshold.
The Mobile Station compares this value with a
certain pilot. If a certain pilot value is larger than
this value, a cell of having it becomes cell of the
candidate set. And a cell of having it sends pilot
strength measurement message to active cell.
T_DROP
0 ~ 63
Pilot drop threshold.
The mobile station compares this value with
current candidate or active pilot. If its value is less
than this value, the mobile station operates the
handoff drop timer.
T_COMP
0 ~ 15
Active set versus Candidate set comparison
threshold.
If the strength of a Candidate Set pilot exceeds the
strength of an Active Set pilot by t_comp*0.5, the
mobile station send base station to pilot strength
measurement message to base station.
T_TDROP
0 ~ 15
Drop timer value.
If pilot of Active set is less than t_drop, and
exceeds the time, the mobile station sends pilot
strength measurement message to base station.
SRCH_WIN_A
0 ~ 127
This is the search window size when searching
pilot of the base station, which are defined as
active set.
SRCH_WIN_N
0 ~ 127
This is the search window size when searching
pilot of the base station, which are classified as a
Neighbor set.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-126
User’s Manual
ITEMS
RANGE
SRCH_WIN_R
0 ~ 127
DESCRIPTION
This is the search window size when searching
pilot of the base station, which are classified as a
remaining set.
PWR_REPT_
0 ~ 31
THRESH
If the bad frame numbers of forward frame exceed
this value, the mobile station sends Power
Measurement Report Message to base station.
PWR_REPT_
0 ~ 31
FRAME
If pwr_period_enable is ‘1’, mobile station sends
Power Measurement Report Message periodically
to base station.
PWR_THRESH_
0~1
ENABLE
If the power in mobile station exceed
pwr_rept_thresh, mobile station sets Power
Measurement Report Message to whether to send
or not to base station.
0 : DISABLE, 1: ENABLE
PWR_PERIOD_
0~1
ENABLE
This parameter is to set Power Measurement
Report Message whether to send or not to base
station from mobile station.
0: DISABLE, 1 : ENABLE
PWR_REPT_DELAY
0 ~ 31
This is the period that the mobile station do not
count received frame or bad frame after the mobile
station sends Power Measurement Report
Message to base station.
3.3.15 Corresponding Sector Information of BTS
[ BSMcmd : xx ] DIS-SECT-INFO:BTS=0,SECT=BETA;
M5001 DISPLAY SECTOR CONFIGURATION
BSC : 0
BCP : 0
BTS : 0
NAME : Grand
BTS_ID
:0
SECTOR_ID
EQP_STS
: EQP
BLK_STS
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
: BETA
: UBLK
3-127
User’s Manual
PILOT_OFFSET
: 120
TX_COARSE_ADJ
:0
RX_COARSE_ADJ
TX_FINE_ADJ
RX_FINE_ADJ
: 15
MAX_SLOT_CYCLE_INDEX : 1
P_MIN_REV
: 153
: 4096
COMMON_RTD_THRESH
P_REV
:0
:1
:1
ITEMS
RANGE
BTS_ID
0 ~ 511
SECTOR_ID
0~2
DESCRIPTION
Base Station ID
Sector Identification
Alpha = 0, Beta = 1, Gamma = 2
EQP_STS
0~1
Setting up Equip state
0 : N_EQUIP, 1 : EQUIP
BLK_STS
0~4
Setting up Block state
0 : M_UBLK, 1 : M_BLK, 2 : T_BLK
3 : T_UBLK, 4 : F_BLK
TX_FINE_ADJ
0 ~ 65535 Transmitted timing advanced fine adjust. ( Forward link
hardware delay time )
This value adjusts to be synchronized of sending signal
from Tx antenna and system time.
TX_COARSE_
ADJ
0 ~ 255
Transmitted timing advanced coarse adjust. ( Forward
link hardware delay time )
This value is used for frame staggering besides PN
state loading timing adjustment or frame timing
adjustment .
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-128
User’s Manual
ITEMS
RANGE
RX_FINE_ADJ
0~ 65535
DESCRIPTION
Receiver timing advanced fine adjust. ( Reverse link
hardware delay time )
The frame boundary which is outputted from
Demodulator ASIC are delay more than system time
because of signalling processing time such as symbol
combining.
Therefore, the deinterleaver of modulator ASIC which
processes this output process signals on the basis of
frame boundary equal to this output.
This parameter is set to compensate delayed time.
RX_COARSE_
0 ~ 255
ADJ
Receive timing advanced coarse adjust. ( Reverse link
hardware delay time )
This value is used for frame staggering besides
deinterleaver frame timing adjustment and frame
staggering.
COMMON_RTD_
0 ~ ffffffff
Threshold value of Round Trip Delay.
THRESH
MAX_SLOT_
0~9
Maximum value of Slot Cycle Index.
P_REV
0~7
Protocol Revision Level
P_MIN_REV
0~7
Protocol Minimum Revision Level
CYCLE_INDEX
3.3.16 Sync Channel Message
[ BSMcmd : xx ] DIS-SYNC-MSG:BTS=0,SECT=BETA,FA=0;
M5087 DISPLAY SYNC CHANNEL MESSAGE
BTS : 0(Grand) SECTOR : BETA CDMA_CH_INDEX : 0
P_REV
:1
MIN_P_REV
SID
: 2222
NID
:1
:4
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-129
User’s Manual
PILOT_PN
: 120
DAYLT
LTM_OFF
: SAVING
CDMA_FREQ
: 18
PRAT
: 0(9600BPS)
: 350
ITEMS
RANGE
DESCRIPTION
P_REV
0~7
Protocol Revision Level
P_MIN_REV
0~7
Protocol Minimum Revision Level
SID
0 ~ 32767
System ID Number
NID
0 ~ 65535
Network ID Number
PILOT_PN
0 ~ 511
Pilot PN offset of BTS
LTM_OFF
-24 ~ 24
Local time offset from UTC
DAYLT
0~1
0 = standard time, 1 = Daylight saving time flag
PRAT
0~4
Paging channel data rate ( Actually 0 or 1 allowed. )
0 : 9600bps, 1 : 4800bps, 2 : 2400bps, 3 : 1200bps
CDMA_FREQ
1 ~ 1023
CDMA Channel Number corresponding to
transmission frequency.
3.3.17 System Parameter
[ BSMcmd : xx ] DIS-SYS-PARA:BTS=0,SECT=GAMMA,FA=0;
M5006 DISPLAY SYSTEM PARAMETER
BSC : 0
BCP : 0
BTS_ID
BTS : 0
:0
SECTOR_ID
: GAMMA
CDMA_CH_ID
:0
TOTAL_ZONES
HOME_REG
:3
:1
FOR_SID_REG
:1
REG_PERIOD
: 02
:0
ZONE_TIMER
FOR_NID_REG
POWER_DOWN_REG : 1
RESCAN
NAME : Grand
:3
:1
POWER_UP_REG
:1
PARAMER_REG
:1
MIN REG_DISTANCE
MULT_SIDS
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
:0
:0
3-130
User’s Manual
MULT_NIDS
:0
EXT_SYS_PARAMETER
:1
EXT_NGHBR_LIST : 1
GLOBAL_REDIRECT
:0
BCAST_INDEX
REDIRECT_ACCOLC
:0
:0
ITEMS
RANGE
BTS_ID
0 ~ 511
SECTOR_ID
0~2
CDMA_CH_ID
Refer to 3.3.4
TOTAL_ZONES
0~7
DESCRIPTION
Base Station ID
Sector ID
Maximum permission Channel ID
Number of registration zones to be retained by
mobile station.
ZONE_TIMER
0~7
This is the length of the zone registration timer to be
used by mobile stations.
It is an integer number between 0 and 7.
HOME_REG
0~1
This parameter determines whether mobile stations,
which are not roaming and have
MOB_TERM_HOME equals to ‘1’, are to be enabled
for autonomous registration.
FOR_NID_REG
0~1
This parameter determines whether mobile stations ,
which is foreign NID roamers and has
MOB_TERM_FOR_NID equal to ‘1’, is to be enabled
for autonomous registration.
FOR_SID_REG
0~1
This parameter determines whether mobile stations,
which is foreign SID roamers and has
MOB_TERM_FOR_SID equal to ‘1’, is to be enabled
for autonomous registration.
POWER_UP_REG
0~1
Power-up registration indicator
This is a parameter that mobile stations enabled for
autonomous registration are to register immediately
after powering on and receiving the system
overhead messages.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-131
User’s Manual
ITEMS
RANGE
POWER_DOWN_
0~1
REG
DESCRIPTION
Power-down registration indicator
This is a parameter that mobile stations enabled for
autonomous registration are to register immediately
before powering down.
PARAMER_REG
0~1
REG_PERIOD
0, 29 ~ 85
Parameter change registration indicator
Registration period
If mobile station is not to perform timer-based
registration, the base station shall set this field to ‘0’.
REG_DISTANCE
0~1
If mobile station performs distance-based
registration, the base station shall set this field to the
minimum distance which the mobile station should
re-register.
RESCAN
0~1
Rescan Indicator
MULT_SIDS
0~1
Multiple System Ids Storage Indicator
MULT_NIDS
0~1
Multiple Network Ids Storage Indicator
EXT_SYS_
0~1
This parameter determines whether the base station
PARAMETER
send Extended System Parameter Message to
mobile station.
0 : No, 1 : Yes
EXT_NGHBR_LIST
0~1
This parameter determines whether the base station
send Extended Neighbor List Message to mobile
station.
0 : No, 1 : Yes
GLOBAL_
0~1
REDIRECT
This parameter determines whether the base station
send mobile station to Global Service Redirection
Message.
0 : No, 1 : Yes
BCAST_INDEX
0~1
Broadcast Slot Cycle Index.
0 : Disable, others : value
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-132
User’s Manual
ITEMS
RANGE
REDIRECT_
0~1
DESCRIPTION
Redirected access overload class
ACCOLC
This field is composed of subfield between ACCESS
OVERLOAD CLASS 0 ( 1 Bit ) and ACCESS
OVERLOAD CLASS 15.
3.3.18 System Parameter Message
[ BSMcmd : xx ] DIS-SYSPARA-MSG:BTS=0,SECT=BETA,FA=0;
M5088 DISPLAY SYSTEM PARAMETER MESSAGE
BTS : 0(Grand) SECTOR : BETA CDMA_CH_INDEX : 0
PILOT_PN
: 120
NID
SID
:4
: 2222
REG_ZONE
:3
TOTAL_ZONE
:3
ZONE_TIMER
:3
MULT_SIDS
:0
MULT_NIDS
:0
BASE_ID
:0
PAGE_CHAN
BASE_CLASS
:1
HOME_REG
:1
MAX_SLOT_CYC_IDX
:1
FOR_SID_REG
:1
:1
FOR_NID_REG
:1
POWER_UP_REG
:1
POWER_DOWN_REG
:1
PARAMETER_REG
:1
REG_PRD
: 44
BASE_LAT
:0
BASE_LOGN
:0
REG_DIST
:0
SRCH_WIN_A
:6
SRCH_WIN_R
:8
PWR_REP_THRESH
:3
:5
:7
NGHBR_MAX_AGE
:0
PWR_REP_FRAMES
PWR_THRESH_ENABLE : ENABLE
PWR_REP_DELAY
SRCH_WIN_N
PWR_PERIOD_ENABLE : ENABLE
RESCAN
T_ADD
: 28
T_DROP
T_COMP
:5
T_TDROP
EXT_SYS_PARAM
:1
GLOBAL_REDIRECT
:0
:7
:0
: 32
:2
EXT_NGHBR_LIST
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
:1
3-133
User’s Manual
ITEMS
RANGE
DESCRIPTION
PILOT_PN
0 ~ 511
SID
0 ~ 32767
System ID number
NID
0 ~ 65535
Network ID number
REG_ZONE
0 ~ 127
Registration Zone Number of base station
TOTAL_ZONE
0~7
Maximum number of registration zones for
Pilot PN sequence offset index of BTS
mobile station to be retained
ZONE_TIMER
0~7
This is the length of the zone registration timer
to be used by mobile stations.
It is an integer number between 0 and 7.
MULT_SIDS
0~1
Multiple System IDs Storage Indicator
MULT_NIDS
0~1
Multiple Network IDs Storage Indicator
BASE_ID
0 ~ 511
BASE_CLASS
0~1
Base Station ID
Band Class
0 : 800MHz Cellular Band
1 : 1.8 ~ 2.0 GHz Band
PAGE_CHAN
1~7
Paging channel number
MAX_SLOT_CYC_IDX
0~9
Maximum slot cycle index
HOME_REG
0~1
Home registration indicator.
This parameter determines whether mobile
stations, which is not roaming and has
MOB_TERM_HOME value of ‘1’, is to be
enabled for autonomous registration.
FOR_NID_REG
0~1
NID roamer registration indicator.
This parameter determines whether mobile
stations that are foreign NID roamers and have
MOB_TERM_FOR_NID value of ‘1’, are to be
enabled for autonomous registration.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-134
User’s Manual
ITEMS
RANGE
FOR_SID_REG
0~1
DESCRIPTION
SID roamer registration indicator
This parameter determines whether mobile
stations that are foreign SID roamers and have
MOB_TERM_FOR_SID value of ‘1’, are to be
enabled for autonomous registration.
POWER_UP_REG
0~1
Power-up registration indicator
This is a parameter that mobile stations enabled
for autonomous registration are to register
immediately after powering on and receiving the
system overhead messages.
POWER_DOWN_REG
0~1
Power-down registration indicator
This is a parameter that mobile stations enabled
for autonomous registration are to register
immediately before powering down.
PARAMETER_REG
0~1
REG_PRD
0, 29 ~ 85
Parameter change registration indicator
Registration period
If mobile station is not to perform timer-based
registration, the base station shall set this field to
‘0’.
BASE_LAT
0~
Base station latitude
4194304
BASE_LOGN
0~
Base station longitude
8388608
REG_DIST
If mobile station performs distance-based
registration, the base station shall set this field to
the minimum distance which the mobile station
is to re-register.
SRCH_WIN_A
0 ~ 127
This is the search window size to be used by
mobile stations for the active set in case of
searching for the base station pilot.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-135
User’s Manual
ITEMS
RANGE
SRCH_WIN_N
0 ~ 127
DESCRIPTION
This is the search window size to be used by
mobile stations for the neighbor set in case of
searching for the base station pilot.
SRCH_WIN_R
0 ~ 127
This is the search window size to be used by
mobile stations for the remaining set in case of
searching for the base station pilot.
NGHBR_MAX_AGE
0~7
Set this field to the maximum AGE value which
mobile stations drop members from the
Neighbor Set.
PWR_REP_THRESH
0 ~ 31
Set this field to the number of bad frames to be
received in a measurement period before mobile
stations are to generate a Power Measurement
Report Message.
PWR_REP_FRAMES
0 ~ 31
Set this field to the value such that the number
given by [ 2(PWR_REP_FRAMES) X 5 ] frames is the
number of frames over which mobile stations are
to count frame errors.
If the pwr_period_enable is ‘1’, the mobile
station sends power measurement report
message to base station, each receiving a
calculated frames.
PWR_THRESH_
ENABLE
0~1
This parameter determines whether mobile
station sends power measurement message to
base station, when mobile station power
exceeds pwr_rep_thresh parameter value.
0 : DISABLE
1 : ENABLE
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-136
User’s Manual
ITEMS
RANGE
PWR_PERIOD_
0~1
ENABLE
DESCRIPTION
This parameter determines whether mobile
station sends Power Measurement Report
Message to base station, periodically.
0 : DISABLE
1 : ENABLE
PWR_REP_DELAY
0 ~ 31
The period that mobile stations wait following a
Power Measurement Report Message before
restarting frame counting for power control
purposes.
RESCAN
0~1
This flag determine whether mobile stations are
to re-initialize and re-acquire.
T_ADD
0 ~ 63
Pilot detection threshold
The mobile station compares this value with a
certain pilot. If a certain pilot value is more than
this value, a cell of having it becomes cell of the
candidate set. And a cell of having it sends Pilot
Strength Measurement Message to active cell.
T_DROP
0 ~ 63
Pilot drop threshold
The mobile station compares this value with
current candidate or active pilot. If its value is
less than this value, the mobile station operates
the handoff drop timer.
T_COMP
0 ~ 15
Active set versus Candidate set comparison
threshold
If the strength of a candidate set pilot exceeds
the strength of an active set pilot by t_comp*0.5,
the mobile station sends base station to Pilot
Strength Measurement Message.
ITEMS
RANGE
DESCRIPTION
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-137
User’s Manual
T_TDROP
0 ~ 15
Drop timer value.
While t_tdrop timer exceed, if the strength of an
active set pilot has not become greater than
t_drop, the mobile station sends pilot strength
measurement message to base station.
EXT_SYS_PARAM
0~1
This parameter determines whether the base
station sends Extended System Parameter
Message to mobile station.
0 : No
1 : Yes
EXT_NGHBR_LIST
0~1
This parameter determines whether the base
station sends Extended Neighbor List Message
to mobile station.
0 : No
1 : Yes
GLOBAL_REDIRECT
0~1
This parameter determines whether the base
station sends Global Service Redirection
Message to mobile station.
0 : No
1 : Yes
3.3.19 Traffic Channel Parameter
[ BSMcmd : xx ] DIS-TC-PARA:BTS=0,FA=0;
M5015 DISPLAY TRAFFIC CHANNEL PARAMETER
BSC : 0
BCP : 0
BTS : 0
CDMA_CH_INDEX
:0
NAME : Grand
NUM_DMDS
COMBINE_THRESH_SET1 : 70
LOCK_THRESH_SET1
:4
COMBINE_THRESH_SET2
: 2729 LOCK_THRESH_SET2
NOLOCK_THRESH_SET1: 2729 NOLOCK_THRESH_SET2
PCTL_OUTER_LOOP_ENABLE : 1
PCTL_THRESH_MAX_SET2
PCTL_THRESH_MAX_SET1
: 7683 PCTL_THRESH_MIN_SET1
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
: 70
: 2739
: 2729
: 7683
: 200
3-138
User’s Manual
PCTL_THRESH_MIN_SET2
: 200
PCTL_THRESH_NOM_SET2
: 4000 ACQ_WIN_LENGTH
ACQ_WIN_PRD
:6
DEMOD_WIN_LENGTH
DEMOD_INT_PERIOD
:6
TC_GAIN _SET2
: 50
QUALITY_THRE1
QUALITY_THRE3
:1
:3
PCTL_THRESH_NOM_SET1
: 256
: 384
TC_GAIN _SET1
: 50
QUALITY_THRE0
QUALITY_THRE2
: 4000
:1
:3
FINGER_LOCK_INIT_ENERGY_SET1 : 2056
FINGER_LOCK_INIT_ENERGY_SET2 : 2056
ITEMS
RANGE
CDMA_CH_INDEX
Refer to 3.3.4
NUM_DMDS
1~4
COMBINE_THRESH_S
0 ~ 65535
ET1
DESCRIPTION
CDMA channel number of BTS
The number of Demod ASICs
If the accumulated and filtered energy of finger
when finger is assigned as lock exceeds this
value, use output energy of this finger to symbol
combine process. Used in rate set 1.
COMBINE_THRESH_S
0 ~ 65535
ET2
If the accumulated and filtered energy of finger
when finger is assigned as lock exceeds this
value, use output energy of this finger to symbol
combine process. Used in rate set 2.
LOCK_THRESH_SET1
0 ~ 65535
It is the threshold integer number counted by
to_nolock_cnt in 0 - 65535 so that the finger in
lock is to be out-of-lock. Used in rate set 1
LOCK_THRESH_SET2
0 ~ 65535
It is the threshold integer number counted by
to_nolock_cnt in 0 - 65535 so that the finger in
lock is to be out-of-lock. Used in rate set 2
NOLOCK_THRESH_SE
0 ~ 65535
T1
It is the threshold integer number counted by
to_lock_cnt in 0 - 65535 so that the finger in outof-lock is to be in-lock. Used in rate set 1
ITEMS
RANGE
DESCRIPTION
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-139
User’s Manual
NOLOCK_THRESH_SE
0 ~ 65535
T1
It is the threshold integer number counted by
to_lock_cnt in 0 - 65535 so that the finger in outof-lock is to be in-lock. Used in rate set 1
PCTL_OUTER_LOOP_
0~1
ENABLE
Whether reverse outer loop power control is
enabled.
The vocoder/selector sends traffic channel
element to power control threshold to traffic
channel element for reverse link outer loop
power control, every 20msec.
If this parameter value is ‘1’, the traffic channel
element uses the power control threshold given
by Vocoder/Selector through appropriate
process.
If this parameter value is ‘0’ the traffic channel
element uses nominal value instead.
PCTL_THRESH_MAX_
0 ~ 65535
SET1
Max. power control threshold used rate set1.
Use this value when outer loop power control is
enabled and the power control threshold given
by the vocoder/selector is more than this value.
PCTL_THRESH_MAX_
0 ~ 65535
SET2
Max. power control threshold used rate set2.
Use this value when outer loop power control is
enabled and the power control threshold given
by vocoder/selector is more than this value.
PCTL_THRESH_MIN_S
ET1
0 ~ 65535
Min. power control threshold used rate set1.
Use this value when outer loop power control is
enabled and the power control threshold given
by the vocoder/selector is less than this value.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-140
User’s Manual
ITEMS
RANGE
PCTL_THRESH_MIN_S
0 ~ 65535
ET2
DESCRIPTION
Min. power control threshold used rate set2.
Use this value when outer loop power control is
enabled and the power control threshold given
by vocoder/selector is less than this value.
PCTL_THRESH_NOM_
0 ~ 65535
SET1
Normal power control threshold used rate set1.
Use this value when outer loop power control is
enabled and no the power control threshold
given by vocoder/selector is more than this
value.
PCTL_THRESH_NOM_
0 ~ 65535
SET2
Normal power control threshold used rate set2.
Use this value when outer loop power control is
enabled and no the power control threshold
given by vocoder/selector is more than this
value.
ACQ_WIN_LENGTH
0 ~ 4095
Acquisition search window length.
An integer value between 0 and 4095 of window
length which traffic channel should test when
traffic channel element is assigned to mobile
station from cell controller and acquisition.
The traffic channel element searches the region
that is acq_win_len / 2 on the basis of round trip
delay received by cell controller.
ACQ_WIN_PRD
0~7
An integer value between 0 and 7 as the
acquisition integration period.
DEMOD_WIN_LENGTH
0 ~ 65535
Demodulator search window length
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-141
User’s Manual
DEMOD_INT_PERIOD
0~7
An integer value between 0 and 7 as the
demodulator integration period.
ITEMS
RANGE
TC_GAIN_SET1
0 ~ 127
Gain value of Traffic Channel (rate set 1)
TC_GAIN_SET2
0 ~ 127
Gain value of Traffic Channel (rate set 2)
QUALITY_THRE0
Threshold of Quality Indicator ( Full Rate )
QUALITY_THRE1
Threshold of Quality Indicator ( Half Rate )
QUALITY_THRE2
Threshold of Quality Indicator ( Quarter Rate )
QUALITY_THRE3
Threshold of Quality Indicator ( Eight Rate )
FINGER_LOCK_INIT_E 0 ~ 65535
NERGY_SET1
DESCRIPTION
The initial finger value when finger is assigned
as lock. Used in rate set 1.
FINGER_LOCK_INIT_E 0 ~ 65535
NERGY_SET2
The initial finger value when finger is assigned
as lock. Used in rate set 2.
set1 : rate set 1 (9.6k, 4.8k, 2.4k, 1.2k)
set2 : rate set2 (14.4k, 7.2k, 3.6k, 1.8k)
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-142
User’s Manual
3.4 Call Processing System
3.4.1 Overview
The call processing is the most important part of system. The call processing fault is very
critical and the related block needs to be always in normal state. It needs to take
emergency measure in the case of call fault.
3.4.2 Call Processing Flow
3.4.2.1 Call Processing Block
No.7 Signalling Connection
TSB
Transmission
BCP
Transmission
Vocoder Assignment
Request
Message
Transmission
Request
Vocoder Channel Assignment
Vocoder
Assignment
Vocoder Assignment
Response
Wire&Wireless Section Decision
PCX
Transmission
Conversation State
CCOX Block
Vocoder Release
Request
Call & Resource Release
Vocoder Release
Response
Message
Transmission
Request
Vocoder
Release
Handoff
Handling
Request
Handoff Type
Decision
Figure 3.62 Call Processing Block Diagram
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-143
User’s Manual
The explanation of the Call Processing Block is as follows. ( Refer to Figure 3.62 )
(1) The CCOX, that is call processing block, receives the mobile oriented call from base
station. And, it allocates an available selector in basis of the received trunk information
from MSC. The CCOX establishes the traffic channel path between MSC and mobile
station after it setting the traffic channel up.
(2) The CCOX receives the paging message from MSC and informs mobile station of it.
The CCOX allocates an available selector in basis of the information that MSC sent.
The CCOX establishes the traffic path between MSC and mobile station after it setting
the traffic channel up.
(3) Call is to be in progress after call setup process. CCOX releases call where it receives
call release request from MS or MSC.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-144
User’s Manual
3.4.2.2 Flow of Mobile Origination Call
The Flow of Mobile Origination Call is equal as follows. ( Refer to Figure 3.63 )
PS
CE
Orignation Msg
BCP
cc_cai_mob_org_msg
TSB
CCP
msg_mob_orig_bc
msg_cm_svc_req_cx
msg_mob_orig_ack_cb
pc_mob_order_msg
PCX
msg_con_conf_xc
BS_Ack_Order
msg_setup_cx
msg_call_proc_xc
msg_asgn_req_xc
msg_ch_assign_req_cb
tc_mob_assign_msg
NULL Traffic
Ch. Assign Msg
cc_call_status_msg
pc_chan_assign_msg
cc_msg_tx_ota_msg
msg_ch_assign_cmpl_bc
sig_dyn_sve_req_cs
Sig_dyn_sve_rsp_sc
msg_vs_tc_cs
TIME SYNC
TIME SYNC
TCh Preamble
msg_link_active_sc
vs_mob_acq_ctl_msg
cc_call_status_msg
Bs_Ack_Order
NULL Traffic
Service Request Msg.
Service Connect Msg.
Service Connect Complete Msg.
msg_mob_con_sc
msg_asgn_cmpl_cx
msg_alert_xc
Ring Back Tone
msg_connect_xc
msg_connect_cs
msg_connect_ack_cx
Conversation State
Release Order
Release Order
tc_release_ctl_msg
msg_release_sc
cc_call_rel_msg
msg_release_cx
msg_release_cs
msg_rel_cmpl_xc
msg_clr_cmd_xc
msg_clr_cmpl_cx
SCCP RLSD
SCCP RLC
Figure 3.63 Flow of Mobile Origination Call
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-145
User’s Manual
3.4.2.3 Flow of Mobile Termination Call
The Flow of Mobile Termination Call is equal as follows. ( Refer to Figure 3.64 )
PS
CE
BCP
TSB
CCP
PCX
msg_paging_xc
msg_page_mob_cb
pc_page_mob_msg
General Page Msg
Page Response Msg
cc_cai_page_response
msg_page_rsp_bc
pc_mob_order_msg
BS_Ack_Order
msg_page_rsp_cx
msg_page_rsp_ack_cb
msg_setup_xc
msg_call_conf_cx
msg_asgn_req_xc
msg_ch_assign_req_cb
tc_mob_assign_msg
NULL Traffic
Ch. Assign Msg
cc_call_status_msg
pc_chan_assign_msg
cc_msg_tx_ota_msg
msg_ch_assign_cmpl_bc
sig_dyn_sve_req_cs
Sig_dyn_sve_rsp_sc
msg_vs_tc_cs
TIME SYNC
TIME SYNC
TCh Preamble
msg_link_active_sc
vs_mob_acq_ctl_msg
cc_call_status_msg
Bs_Ack_Order
NULL Traffic
Service Request Msg.
Service Response Msg.
Service Connect Msg.
Service Connect Complete Msg.
msg_mob_con_sc
msg_asgn_cmpl_cx
msg_alert_cx
msg_alert_cs
Alert With Info (Ring Tone On)
Connect_Order
msg_connect_sc
_sc(
Bs_Ack_Order
msg_connect_cx
msg_connect_ack_xc
Conversation State
msg_release_xc
msg_rel_cmpl_cx
msg_release_cs
Release Order
msg_clr_cmd_xc
msg_release_sc
Release Order
msg_clr_cmpl_cx
tc_release_ctl_msg
cc_call_rel_msg
SCCP RLSD
SCCP RLC
Figure 3.64 Flow of Mobile Termination Call
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-146
User’s Manual
3.4.3 Call Trace
3.4.3.1 Call Processing Command
By typing some commands in CROS shell, several of information which are related to call
control can be displayed such as call flow, call statistics, and diagnostics.
The general processing flow is as follows. ( Refer to Figure 3.65 )
CCOX
CROS
shell
sig_call_display_req_init_oc(cd)
sig_call_list_disp_oc(cl)
sig_call_trace_req_oc(ct)
CCOX Main
Process
RS-232
cl Command
ct Command
cd Command
print
Command
BSM Terminal or
CRT Monitor
CCOX Child
Process
Figure 3.65 Flow of General Command Processing
By using console (FAST or rcu program operation on the BSM), user can order several
command to shell connected to CCP ( MCDA ) through RS-232C cable. The shell
analyzes the received command and sends the signal which is related with command to
CCP. The CCOX Outmost process receives this signal and executes function requested
by this signal.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-147
User’s Manual
3.4.3.1.1 Call List Command
It displays the origination call and termination call setup process, Handoff process,
Registration process and statistics data, etc.
Usage : cl xx ( ‘xx’ is command option. )
(1) cl 0
It displays call id, IMSI, ESN and process id of call during servicing.
(2) cl 1
It displays call id, IMSI, ESN, and process id of call during servicing and tracing by call
trace command.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-148
User’s Manual
(3) cl 2
It includes ‘cl 0’ and ‘cl 1’ function.
(4) cl 3
This is a Toggle Command. When it is ON, it displays call release in detail. It displays
IMSI, ESN, Process Id, Cause, Call State, Handoff State, and Call Id of released call
for the abnormal release when the specific call is released.
The abnormal call release is a call release expecting normal release, power down and
mobile release.
(5) cl 4
This is a Toggle command. When it is ON, it displays all information. It executes all
inserted print sentence.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-149
User’s Manual
(6) cl 5
This is a Toggle command. When it is ON, it displays data related to statistics.
(7) cl 6
It displays data that are collected about all errors by case.
• STATE : the number of occurrence that the call processing status out of the
originated call, terminated call, Markov call and MSC hard Handoff call
processing shall enter the undefined state on the ground of the Finite
State Machine.
• MSG_ID : the number of occurrence that received the unexpected message at the
specific State.
• VALUE : the number of occurrence that the data value get out of the defined
scope.
• DIFF : Not Used
• SEND : the number of occurrence that fail when send BCP or TSB or MSC to the
signal or message.
• ENCODE : the number of occurrence that the message type of source message
mismatch or a specific field value mismatch to be encoding.
• DECODE : the number of occurrence that the message type of source message
mismatch or a specific field value mismatch to be decoding.
• PROTOCOL : the number of occurrence that the value of specific field in the
Signal or message do not define to standard in use as the
interface between BSC and MSC.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-150
User’s Manual
• PORT : Not Used
• HO_TYPE : Not Used
(8) cl 7
It displays each release cause.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-151
User’s Manual
(9) cl 8
This is a Toggle command. If the registration flow is ON, it displays message flow
which is related with mobile registration.
(10) cl 9
It displays IMSI and Child Process ID on servicing call.
(11) cl 10
It displays the number of traffic call, setup call and Null call.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-152
User’s Manual
(12) cl a
This is a Toggle command. When it is ON, it collects a statistics data every 10 sec. If it
is OFF, it stops a statistics data collection.
(13) cl b
It displays a collected statistics data. It displays the statistics start time and end time
and the statistics items
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-153
User’s Manual
(14) cl c
It displays the statistics items which is related with the Softer Handoff. It displays the
statistics start time and end time and the statistics items
(15) cl d
It displays the statistics items which is related with the Soft Handoff. It displays the
statistics start time and end time and the statistics items
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-154
User’s Manual
(16) cl e
It displays the statistics items which is related with the Hard Handoff. It displays the
statistics start time and end time and the statistics items
(17) cl 14
This is a Toggle command. When it is ON, it displays this message length when the
CCP send message to MSC.
(18) cl 15 :
It displays the call setup Time average of origination and termination call.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-155
User’s Manual
(19) cl 16
This is a Toggle command. When it is ON, it displays the Origination and Termination
Call Setup time at the unit of milli second.
(20) cl 17
It displays the time elapsed after loading the CCOX. It displays the CCOX start time,
current time and the time elapsed at the unit of year, month, day, hour, minute, and
second.
(21) cl 18
If it receives an invalid message at specific state, it displays this message information.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-156
User’s Manual
(22) cl 19
It sets up Time Interval for counting of the number of signal received by CCOX
outmost Process by using consecutive two ‘cl’ commands.
(23) cl 1a
It displays the number of signal received by CCOX Outmost Process during the
interval time established use of ‘c 19’ command.
(24) cl 1b
It displays the Handoff Processing Time.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-157
User’s Manual
(25) cl 20
It displays the cause of Connection Refuse Cause ( CREF ) and cause value in
corresponding to the CREF.
(26) cl 21
It displays the cause of Connection Release Cause ( RLSD ) and cause value in
corresponding to the RLSD.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-158
User’s Manual
(27) cl 40
This is a Toggle command. When it is ON, it displays Call List message by BTS.
(28) cl 80
This is a Toggle command. When it is ON, it sets L-to-M to 8K.
(29) cl 87
This is a Toggle command. When it is ON, it changes loopback mode to voice loop
mode.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-159
User’s Manual
(30) cl 88
This is a Toggle command. When it is ON, it sets up loopback mode.
(31) cl 99
It displays the status of DSP chips in TSB. ( EQUIP, BUSY, BLOCK )
(32) cl aa
It displays the ON/OFF status of Toggle commands.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-160
User’s Manual
(33) cl b0
It displays the message use of Hard handoff each MSC with each ‘cl’ command.
(34) cl b1
This is a Toggle command. When it is ON, it displays the Handoff Required Message
as the hex code.
(35) cl b2
This is a Toggle command. When it is ON, it displays the Handoff Request Message
as the hex code.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-161
User’s Manual
(36) cl b3
This is a Toggle command. When it is ON, it displays the Handoff Assign(Target)
Message as the hex code.
(37) cl b4
This is a Toggle command. When it is ON, it displays the Handoff Request Ack
Message as the hex code.
(38) cl b5
This is a Toggle command. When it is ON, it displays the Handoff Failure Message as
the hex code.
(39) cl b6
This is a Toggle command. When it is ON, it displays the Handoff Command Message
as the hex code.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-162
User’s Manual
(40) cl b7
This is a Toggle command. When it is ON, it displays the Handoff Required Reject
message as the hex code.
(41) cl b8
This is a Toggle command. When it is ON, it displays the Handoff Assign (serving)
Message as the hex code.
(42) cl b9
This is a Toggle command. When it is ON, it displays the Handoff Commenced
Message as the hex code.
(43) cl ba
This is a Toggle command. When it is ON, it displays the Handoff Complete Message
as the hex code.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-163
User’s Manual
(44) cl bb
This is a Toggle command. When it is ON, it displays the Handoff Clear Command
Message as the hex code.
(45) cl bc
This is a Toggle command. When it is ON, it displays the Handoff Clear Complete (
Serving ) Message as the hex code.
(46) cl bf
It displays the Toggle ON/OFF status of each command form ‘cl b1’ to ‘cl bc’.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-164
User’s Manual
(47) cl da
It displays the tracing Signal Number and Message Number by using of ‘cl da’, ‘cl db’,
and ‘ct’ command.
(48) cl db
It displays the Raw Data of Signal registered by ‘ct’ command as the hex code.
(49) cl dc
It displays the Raw Data of message registered by ‘ct’ command as the hex code.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-165
User’s Manual
(50) cl dd
It stops the signal trace and message trace.
(51) cl f0
It diagnoses the NO.7 Signaling Connection status. It generates child process for the
testing of No.7.
It can be decided the No.7 Link as the normal, if it receives the CREF Message, that
the Cause is 0, by MSC as the test result.
(52) cl ff
It displays the ‘cl’ command list.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-166
User’s Manual
3.4.3.1.2 Call Trace Command
The Call Trace Command is used for tracing the specific MIN number. The Call Trace
command is a function that toggles the call processing flow and Handoff flow of the
selected MIN number.
(1) a specific MIN number ON/OFF Command ( ‘xxxxxxx’ is MIN number. )
 ct xxxxxxx on/off
(2) call flow of specific MIN number Toggle Command ( ‘xxxxxxx’ is MIN number. )
 call xxxxxxx
(3) handoff flow of specific MIN number Toggle Command ( ‘xxxxxxx’ is MIN number. )
 ho xxxxxxx
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-167
User’s Manual
3.4.3.1.3 Call Display Command
It displays the information which is related with the basic call information, resource
occupancy state and handoff of call
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-168
User’s Manual
3.4.4 Call Release Reason and State
If the call is released in call processing, the CCP in the BSC sends Call fault Message with
the released call information to BSM. The call fault reason and state represent call release
reason and call processing state.
3.4.4.1 Arrangement according to Release Reason
(1) MS/CE/BTS Release
1) REL_MOBILE_RELEASE
It occurs in case that END key of MS is pressed and released.
2) REL_POWER_DOWN
It occurs in case that Power key of MS is pressed and released, or battery of Mobile
Station is run out.
3) REL_SI_LINK_FAIL
It occurs when the data do not exchange between TSB and CE.
4) REL_MARKOV_REL
Not Used
5) REL_TIMEOUT_CCP
If the BCP doesn’t receive ACK message from CCP after the BCP request ACK
message to CCP in the call establishment, it occurs. In case that the BCP doesn’t
receive ACK message from CCP is as follows.
• In case that the CCOX block is in abnormal operation.
• In case that the BLINK between BTS and BSC is in abnormal operation.
• In case of loss of message at the normal state.
6) REL_TIMEOUT_PC
If the BCP doesn’t receive ACK message from PCE after the BCP send Channel
Assign message to PCE in the call establishment, it occurs.
In case that the BCP doesn’t receive ACK message from PCE is as follows.
• In case the PCE is abnormal.
• In case the Router Node/Cable between BCP and PCE is out of order.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-169
User’s Manual
7) REL_TIMEOUT_TC
If the BCP doesn’t receive ACK message from TCE after the BCP send TCE assign
message to TCE in the call establishment, it occurs.
In case that the BCP doesn’t receive ACK message from TCE is as follows.
• In case the TCE is abnormal.
• In case Router Node/Cable between BCP and TCE is out of order.
8) REL_PRE_SERVICE
If Mobile Station requests call with ESN No. which is same as ESN No. in BCP DB
data of old ESN No., new call setup is released .
• In case that the mobile station remains in call because of loss the air message
after the mobile station releases.
• In case that the mobile station requests new call without the mobile station release
in the call establishment.
9) REL_NOT_SETUP
During call processing in BCP, BCP swapping is not completed and call process is
not completed.
10) REL_TEST_CALL
In case of normal release of Test call such as Markov or Loopback.
11) REL_DOWN_ACT_TFC
In case of TFC swapping in base station, all calls are released.
12) REL_TPTL
The Base station releases all calls when TPTL ( Transmit Power Tracking Loop ) is
involved and the Base station stops call service until the TPTL operation
completes.
(2) TSB Release
1) REL_SIGNAL_MSG_TOUT
In case that the message does not exchange properly between mobile station and
TSB. If the TSB doesn’t receive ACK message from mobile station after the TSB
sends a specific message to mobile station, it occurs. If the TSB doesn’t receive
ACK message from mobile station during minimum 4 seconds, it occurs. Because
the TSB resends specific message 10 times a unit of 400 milli-seconds. In case, the
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-170
User’s Manual
Reverse Traffic Channel is decided out of order.
2) REL_CONTROL_MSG_TOUT
In case that the message isn’t exchanged between Base station Traffic Channel
Element and TSB. If the TSB doesn’t receive ACK message from the base station
traffic channel element after the TSB sends a specific message to the base station
traffic channel element, it occurs. If the TSB doesn’t receive ACK message from the
base station traffic channel element for minimum 600 mili-seconds, it occurs.
Because the TSB resends to specific message 3 times a unit of 200 mili-seconds.
Call can not be released during handoff.
3) REL_BAD_FRAMES
In case of receiving 250 bad frames from mobile station. The cause is as follows.
• In case of releasing the call because of bad forward traffic channel.
• In case of bad Reverse Traffic Channel.
• In case of removing the battery of mobile station.
4) REL_MOB_NOT_ACQ
If it doesn’t receive Mobile_Acquire message from base station traffic channel
element in 5 minutes of the call establishment, it occurs. Also, it occurs at specific
TCE because of H/W problem.
5) REL_TIME_SYNC_TOUT
If it doesn’t receive Time Sync Packet from base station traffic channel element in 1
second of the call establishment, it occurs. That is, in case that the TSB doesn’t
receive ACK message to Time Sync Packet. Also, it is possible to occur by the Trunk
problem between the Base Station and the Base Station Controller or a specific
Vocoder.
6) REL_SO_REJECTED
In case that the Service Option does not agree between mobile station and TSB. In
case that the mobile station release as the Service Option Reject. If the TSB sends
undefined Service Option Number to mobile station, it occurs.
7) REL_SOFT_DROP
Not Used.
8) REL_INTRA_HARD
Not Used
9) REL_INTER_HARD
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-171
User’s Manual
Not Used.
10) REL_FRAME_OFFSET_HARD
Not Used.
11) REL_INTER_MSC_HARD
Not Used.
12) REL_NO_MARKOV_SYNC
If mobile station and TSB do not exchange the valid Markov Frame in a constant
time out of Markov call setup, it occurs. At the current system, the call isn’t released
as this cause.
13) REL_SO2_NO_SYNC
If mobile station and TSB do not exchange the valid Loopback Frame in a constant
time out of Service Option 2 Call Setup, it occurs. The Service Option 2 Sync
means to start point of Loop back statistic.
14) REL_NO_FRAMES
If it doesn’t receive Traffic Frame from Traffic Channel Element for 2 seconds , it
occurs. It can be the trunk problem between base station and base station
controller or the base station traffic channel card is out of order.
15) REL_INVALID_VOCID
If the TSB receives Vs_Tc_Cs Message from CCP with the appropriate channel
being used, the TSB sends NOK message to CCP. By this time the CCP does not
release the call and reallocate the resource. If this state is occurred again, the CCP
clear the call.
16) REL_SERV_NEGO_MSG_TOUT
In case that the Service Negotiation Procedure doesn’t receive the Service
Response Message or Service Connect Complete Message from mobile station
within the defined time.
(3) CCP / MSC Release
1) RCV_MSG_TIME_OUT
In case that the CCP doesn’t receive a specific message within the defined time, it
occurs. That is,
• In case that the CCP doesn’t receive the Link_Active_Sc within 10 seconds after
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-172
User’s Manual
the CCP receives the Link_Active_Sc
• In case that the CCP doesn’t receive the Mob_Connect_Sc within 10 seconds after
the CCP receives the Link_Active_Sc
• In case that the CCP doesn’t receive the Call_Proc_Xc within 10 seconds after the
CCP sends Setup_Cx
• In case that the CCP doesn’t receive the Alert_Xc within 60 seconds after the CCP
receives Call_Proc_Xc
• In case that the CCP doesn’t receive the Connect_Sc within 40 seconds after the
CCP sends Alert_info_Cs
• In case that the CCP doesn’t receive the Connect_Xc within 40 seconds after the
CCP sends Alert_info_Cs
2) REL_DB_SEL_FAIL
In case that the Tuple status of the appropriate PLD is not 0xff, that is Not Equip,
when handles each kind of data to read the PLD.
3) REL_OVERLOAD
It checks the overload of the Vocoder, TCE, CCP Processor, and BCP Processor in
the status block at the originated call, terminated call and Handoff attempt. If they
have overload, it stops the call attempt. If the CCP Overload is, it change to BTS
Overload.
4) REL_VOC_SIP_UNAVAIL
In case that it fails to allocate the Vocoder resource when all IA resources of TSB
Vocoder are Not Equip or Abnormal, or Block at the originated call, terminated call
and Test Call setup.
5) REL_VOC_SVP_UNAVAIL
In case that it fails to allocate the Vocoder resource when all OA resources of TSB
Vocoder are Not Equip or Abnormal, or Block at the originated call, terminated call
and Test Call setup.
6) REL_VOC_SVE_UNAVAIL
In case that it fails to allocate the Vocoder resource when all DSP resources of TSB
Vocoder are Not Equip or Abnormal, or Block at the originated call, terminated call
and Test Call setup.
7) REL_TRK_UNAVAIL
The Trunk uses 24 channels T1 Trunks in case that it fails to allocate the Vocoder
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-173
User’s Manual
resource when all Trunk resources are Not Equip or Abnormal, or Block at the
originated call, terminated call and Test Call setup.
Actually, the status block reports IA status to Abnormal. So, the Release Reason is
REL_VOC_SIP_UNVAIL.
8) TSB_BOARD_RESET
Not Used.
9) REL_MX_PROTOCOL_ERR
In case that a defined field value is mismatch in advance or gets out of a scope out
of message received by MSC.
10) CPS_ALREADY_USED
Not Used.
11) REL_TER_DGT_ERR
In case that Called Digits of a receiving part are under a number of 2 figures at the
originated call attempt.
12) NORMAL_REL
In case that the call is released normally by pressing the End Key of the opposite
mobile station normally.
13) USER_BUSY
In case that the opposite subscriber is on busy.
14) USER_NO_ANSWER
In case that it doesn’t receive the Connect message within 1 minutes after
receiving the Alert message.
15) UNASSIGN_NUM
Not Used
16) POWER_DOWN
In case that the power is exhausted or power off by the opposite Party
17) ABN_REL
In case of the Mlink fail, Handoff fail and Processor down, etc.
18) CREF
The NOK toward to Setup Cx as the simpler form for the Connection Refuse.
If the appropriate mobile station is not the mobile station registered or occurs the
each kind of alarm in the MSC, it occurs. If the given Trunk Channel for call
processing at BSC is Block, it occurs.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-174
User’s Manual
19) MSC_RESET
In case that MSC can not process the call any more because of reseting the MSC
for some reason or other.
20) REL_TC_UNAVAIL
In case that it can not allocate the TCE resource because there is no available TCE
resources during the originated call and terminated call attempt.
21) REL_CODE_CH_UNAVAIL
In case of no available the Code Channel at the originated and terminated call
attempt, the BCP prevents the call attempting to the CCP and sending CCP to
Reason message.
22) REL_FRAME_OFFSET_UNAV
In case of no available the Frame Offset at the originated and terminated call
attempt, the BCP prevents the call attempting to the CCP and sending CCP to
Reason message.
23) REL_ALL_BLINK_UNAV
In case of unavailable for the Blink at the originated and terminated call attempt,
the BCP prevents the call attempting to the CCP and sending CCP to Reason
message.
24) REL_BTS_OVLD_STS
If the load of the CCP or BCP Processor occurs more than threshold or occurs the
CCP Overload , it decides the BCP Overload.
In this case, the BCP prevents the call attempting to the CCP and sending CCP to
Reason message.
25) REL_HOFF_FAIL
Handoff Failure
26) REL_SENDSIG_FAIL
In case that the transmission of message is failed by the IPC block appearance or
the appropriate Destination Address mistake or killed status of the Destination
Process when the CCP sends MSC, TSB, BCP to message.
27) REL_FULL_ACT_CELL
In case that it can not be to add the PN pilot in the Active set because the base
station has 3 PN pilots in the Active set at the Handoff operation.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-175
User’s Manual
28) REL_HOFF_NBR_DATA_ERR
In case that the BTS_ID of Reference PN pilot is equal to the BTS_ID of PN pilot to
be add at the Soft Handoff operation.
29) REL_MSG_DATA_ERR
In case that the BCP sends CCP to UNDEFINED_ALLOC_MODE after the BCP is
received the undefined Alloc Mode at the Handoff operation.
30) REL_TEST_CALL_NO_RSP
In case of no response toward to the Paging at the Markov or Loopback is equal to
Test Call attempt.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-176
User’s Manual
3.4.4.2 Call State
The Call State Flow of the Call Processing is as follows. ( Refer to Figure 3.66 )
msg_mob_orig_cc
msg_page_response_cc
NULL_STATE
ORG_INIT_STATE
TER_INIT_STATE
msg_mob_orig_cc
msg_page_rsp_cc
ORG_CON_CONF_STATE
_sig_cc_xc
TER_SETUP_STATE
ORG_CALL_PROC_STATE
msg_setup_xc
msg_call_proc_xc
COM_ ASSIGN_REQ_STATE
msg_asgn_req_xc
msg_ch_asgn_cmpl_bc
COM_ASSIGN_CMPL_STATE
sig_dyn_sve_req_cs
sig_ dyn_sve_rsp_sc
COM_LINK_ACTIVE_STATE
msg_link_active_sc
msg_mob_connect_sc
msg_mob_connect_sc
COM_MOB_CON_STATE
msg_alert_xc
ORG_ ALERT_N_
CONNECT_STATE
TER_CONNECT_STATE
msg_connect_xc
msg_connect_sc
TRAFFIC_STATE
msg_release_sc or
msg_release_bc
msg_release_xc
REL_CONF_STATE
REL_SCBC_CLR_STATE
msg_rel_cmpl_xc
REL_CLR_CMD_STAT
msg_clr_cmd_xc
REL_SCCP_RLSD_STATE
msg_release_sc and/or
msg_release_bc
msg_clr_cmd_xc
sig_rlsd_xc
NULL_STATE
Figure 3.66 Call State Flow
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-177
User’s Manual
(1) NULL_ STATE
Initialization State : If the Origination Message is received at Initialization State, the
CCP shall enter the ORG_INIT_STATE. Upon entering the ORG_INIT_STATE, the
Child process is generated by Main process and the Main process send the Origination
Message to the Child process.
(2) ORG_INIT_STATE
The CCP shall enter the ORG_CON_CONF_STATE after the CCP store the received
origination information and send Acknowledge to BCP toward to the Origination
Message and send the CM Service Request Message to MSC.
(3) ORG_CON_CONF_STATE
The CCP sends the Authentication Request Message to BCP after it receives the
Authentication Request Message from MSC. If the CCP is received the Authentication
Challenge Response from the mobile station by BCP, the CCP sends MSC to the
Authentication Response Message. The MSC sends to the Setup Message after
receives the Authentication Response Message from CCP.
(4) ORG_CALL_PROC_STATE
If the CCP receives the Call Proceeding Message from MSC, the CCP stores the
Alerting Information and shall enter the ORG_CALL_PROC_STATE.
(5) TER_INIT_STATE
If the CCP receives the Paging Response Message from BCP, the CCP shall enter the
TER_INIT_STATE after sending BCP to the Paging Response Ack and sends MSC to
the Paging Response Message.
(6) TER_SETUP_STATE
If the CCP receives the Setup Message from MSC, the CCP shall enter the
COM_ASSIGN_REQ_STATE after storing the Alert information and send MSC to the
Call Confirmation Message.
(7) COM_ASSIGN_REQ_STATE
If the CCP receives the Assignment Request Message from MSC, the CCP shall enter
the COM_ASSIGN_CMPL_STATE after storing the Trunk information and Service
Option information and send the Channel Assignment Request Message to BCP.
(8) COM_ASSIGN_CMPL_STATE
The CCP stores the Channel Allocation information from BCP and send TSB to the
Dynamic SVE Request Message. If the CCP receives the Dynamic SVE Response
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-178
User’s Manual
Message from TSB toward to the Dynamic SVE Request Message, the CCP shall enter
the COM_LINK_ACTIVE_STATE after sending the Vs Tc Message to TSB.
(9) COM_LINK_ACTIVE_STATE
If the CCP receives the message, that the message activated , from TSB, the CCP
shall enter the COM_MOB_CON_STATE.
(10) COM_MOB_CON_STATE
The CCP stores the Service Configuration conferred and send the Assignment
Complete Message to MSC.
If it is the Origination Call , the CCP shall enter the ORG_ALERT_N_CONNECT_
STATE. If it is not the Origination Call, the CCP waits the Transcoder Control
Message to be receive from MSC. If the CCP receives the Transcoder Control
Message from MSC, the CCP shall enter the TRAFFIC_STATE after the CCP store
the Transcoder Mode information and sends the Acknowledge Message to MSC and
Alert Message and sends the Alert Info Message to TSB.
(11) ORG_ALERT_N_CONNECT_STATE
If the CCP receives the Alerting Message from MSC, the CCP wait the Connect
Message to be receive from MSC after send the Alert with Information Message to
TSB. If the CCP receives the Alert with Information Message from MSC, the CCP
shall enter the TRAFFIC_STATE after send Connect Acknowledge Message to MSC
and send the Connect Message to TSB.
(12) TER_CONNECT_STATE
If the CCP receives the Connect Message from TSB, the CCP sends the Connect
Message to MSC and waits to the Connect Ack Message. If the CCP is received the
Connect Ack Message, the CCP shall enter the TRAFFIC_STATE.
(13) TRAFFIC_STATE
A practical data is transferred. And if the CCP receives the Release Message from
TSB, the CCP shall enter the REL_CONF_STATE. If the CCP receives the Release
Message from MSC, the CCP shall enter the REL_SCBC_CLR_STATE.
(14) REL_CONF_STATE
The CCP receives the Release Complete Message from MSC, the CCP shall enter
the REL_CLR_CMD_STATE.
(15) REL_SCBC_CLR_STATE
If the CCP receives the Release Message from TSB, the CCP shall enter the
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-179
User’s Manual
REL_CLR_CMD_STATE.
(16) REL_CLR_CMD_STATE
If the CCP receives the Clear Complete Message from MSC, the CCP sends the
Clear Complete Message to MSC and the CCP completes the call.
If the CCP receives the RLSD Message from MSC, the CCP completes the call
(17) REL_SCCP_RLSD_STATE
Not Used
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
3-180
User’s Manual
Chapter 4. BSC References
4.1 Rack Configuration
COMR
FAN
00
10
20
30
GUBB-A1
40
SDBB-A1
A1
GTFU-A1
00
10
A1
30
A1
00
40
59
CCBB-A1
10
50
A1
CCBB-A1
59
BABB-A1
A1
20
50
20
10
30
20
A1
40
30
50
59
40
50
58
40
50
58
40
50
58
40
50
58
TSBB-A1
C1
A1
A1
10
20
30
CHBB-A1
A2
10
A2
A2
A2
20
30
A2
HSBB-A1
A2
10
20
A2
A2
30
FAN
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
4-1
User’s Manual
4.2 DIP Switch & Strap
4.2.1 Summary
This section data provides setting method of STRAP/DIP SWITCH for system based
on strap drawing.
4.2.2 Purpose
The purpose of this section is to provide correct usage and setting method to set of
DIP switch and jumper switch on Back Board and on PBA when set up and to notify
caution required during setting.
4.2.3 Address setting in common
• Pin number starts from left on Board as 1
• Deletion of shunt means “1” and insertion of shunt means “0”
• OFF state of DIP switch means “1” and ON state of DIP switch means “0”
Place the switch as ON state (i.e., When Move Up or Right) means “0”
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF State ("1")
State of Deletion ("1")
ON State ("0")
State of Insertion ("0")
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
4-2
User’s Manual
4.2.4 MCDA (Main Control & Duplication Board Assembly)
4.2.4.1 Mounting Drawing
J2
1 2
JP4
1 2
JP3
JP2
4.2.4.2 Setting
No.
JP2
Description
Set CROUT(OS Running Time Out Period)
1. 1.38 sec
Normal Config.
2-ON
2. 2.76 sec
JP3
Set MFP Operation Clock
1. 3.9MHz
2-ON
2. 3.039MHz
JP4
JTAG
J2
2. GND
2-ON
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
4-3
User’s Manual
4.2.5 CIFA-A1 (CIN Interface Function board Assembly-A1)
4.2.5.1 Mounting Drawing
JP9
JP3
12
JP12
JP13
JP10
10
JP1
CON1
JP11
JP8
JP7
JP2
10
10
JP6
JP5
4.2.5.2 Setting
No.
JP1
Description
VIACK DELAY TIME SELECTION
Normal Config.
1 - 4 : 50ns
1-4 : 50ns
2-3 : 100ns
JP2
VME DPRAM ADDRESS COMPARE
3 - 10
5-8
6-7
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
4-4
User’s Manual
No.
JP3
Description
DMOD SELECTION
Normal Config.
1 - 4 : DMOD1
1-4 : DMOD1 (STN/DIRECT)
2-3 : DMOD0 (ACT/SBY)
JP5
RX CLK INVERT SELECTION
1 - 4 : INVERT
1-4 : INVERT
2-3 : NON-INVERT
JP6
1 - 2 : RX CLK SELECTION
NC
JP7
TX CLK SELECTION
1 - 4 : INVERT
1 - 4 : INVERT
2 - 3 : NON INVERT
JP8
TX CLK TIME SELECTION
4 - 7 : 2.5 MHz
1 - 10 : 20MHz
2 - 9 : 10 MHz
3 - 8 : 5 MHz
4 - 7 : 2.5 MHz
5 - 6 : 1.2 MHz
JP9
1 - 2: PVAILD ENABLE/DISABLE
NC
JP10
1 - 4 : DMA REQUEST A
2-3
2 - 3 : DMA REQUEST B
JP11
1-10 : JTAG 1149.1 Boundary Scan Interface TRST
All Starp
2 - 9 : JTAG 1149.1 Boundary Scan Interface TDI
3 - 8 : JTAG 1149.1 Boundary Scan Interface TDO
4 - 7 : JTAG 1149.1 Boundary Scan Interface TMS
5 - 6 : JTAG 1149.1 Boundary Scan Interface TCK
JP12
1 - 4 : INTR1 (ENDPKT)
2 - 3 : INTR2
2 - 3 : INTR2 (SHIRQ)
JP13
CONN1
1 - 2 : CPU RESET ENABLE/DISABLE
NC
JTAG FOR FUSING MACH445
NC
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
4-5
User’s Manual
4.2.6 HICA-A2 (High capacity IPC Control Board Assembly-A2)
4.2.6.1 Mounting Drawing
10
J1
4.2.6.2 Setting
No.
J1
Description
1-4, 7-10
Normal Config.
: NO STRAP (XLINK LOADING FROM
XCHECKER CABLE)
5,6
: STRAP (XLINK LOADING FROM PROM)
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
4-6
User’s Manual
4.2.7 HRNA-A2 (High performance Routing Node Assembly-A2)
4.2.7.1 Mounting Drawing
HRNA-A2 Strapping Drawing
J6
NODE1
J4
12
12
11
11
10
10
12
12
11
11
10
10
J7
NODE3
J5
J8
NODE5
NODE4
J2
12
12
11
11
10
10
12
12
11
11
10
10
J9
NODE7
NODE2
NODE6
J3
NODE8
10M
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
J1
1.25M
4-7
User’s Manual
4.2.7.2 Setting
No.
J1
Description
Normal Config.
1-8
Choose INODECLK
1 - 8 : 10MHz
2 - 7 : 5MHz
3 - 6 : 2.5MHz
4 - 5 : 1.25MHz
Node Setting
J2 – J9 1-12 : INTERFR 1
2-11 : INTERFR 0
3-10 : UCLKSEL (Open=URXC, Short=INODECLK)
4-9
: UBABO (Open=RXA Enable, Short= Disable)
5-8
: FLAG (OPEN=IDLE, SHORT=FLAG)
6-7
: EQUIP (OPEN=EQUIP, SHORT=NOT EQUIP)
• J2 – J9 : Node setting Method for GCIN,LCIN Operation
( J2 : NODE 1, J5 : NODE 2, J3 : NODE 3 , J4 : NODE 4, J6: NODE 5 , J9: NODE
6,
J7: NODE 7 , J8: NODE 8 )
• LCIN Node Setting
SUB-SYSTEM
FRAME
CLOCK
ALARM
Interval
MODE
MASK
IDLE DATA
HICA-A2
30 byte
external
OFF
CCP
30 byte
external
OFF
flag
ACP
30 byte
external
ON
TSB
6 byte
external
OFF
flag
DM
30 byte
external
ON
CKD
30 byte
external
ON
BSM
30 byte
external
OFF
TFSA
30 byte
external
OFF
LOG
30 byte
external
ON
ENV
30 byte
external
ON
CSB, CSL
30 byte
external
OFF
flag
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
(Up) JUMPER (Down)
4-8
User’s Manual
4.2.7.3 Reference Explanation
(1) J1 : U-LINK Clock Speed Adjust ( When ON )
1 – 8 : 10 MHz
2 – 7 : 5 MHz
3 – 6 : 2.5 MHz
4 – 5 : 1.25 MHz
(2) J2 – J9 : Inter frame of each NODE, U-Link clock select, U-Link alarm mask
selection, Transmission flag selection, EQUIP selection
J2 – J9 ( 1 – 12, 2 – 11 ) : Adjust data frame to maximum length which can be
received according to FRSIZE0, 1 at U-Link ( ON : Low, OFF : High )
FRSIZE1 ( 1 – 12 )
FRSIZE0 ( 2 - 11 )
Data Length
512 Byte
768 Byte
1280 Byte
2304 Byte
J2 – J9 ( 3 – 10 ) : Choose U-Link transmission clock between U-Link receive
clock and internal clock ( ON : Use internal clock, OFF : Use U-Link receive clock )
2 – J9 ( 4 – 9 ) : Choose U-Link receive alarm mask ( ON : alarm mask, OFF :
NODE control by alarm )
J2 – J9 ( 5 – 8 ) : Choose inter frame transmission flag. ( ON : flag transmission,
OFF : idle transmission )
J2 – J9 ( 6 – 7 ) : Choose Equipment of NODE. ( ON : NODE available, OFF :
NODE not available )
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
4-9
User’s Manual
4.2.8 HNTA-A2 (High performance IPC Node & T1 Interface
Assembly-A2)
4.2.8.1 Mounting Drawing
J4
1 16
TRUNK1
2 15
3 14
TRUNK2
4 13
5 12
TRUNK3
6 11
7 10
TRUNK4
8 9
J3
1 16
TRUNK5
2 15
3 14
TRUNK6
4 13
5 12
TRUNK7
6 11
7 10
TRUNK8
8 9
J3,J4 : TRUNK CABLE LENGTH SETTING
(EACH TRUNK 2 JUMPER)
ALL OFF : 110 ft
UPPER ON : 220 ft
LOWER ON : 440 ft
ALL ON
: 660 ft
J1
10 9 8 7 6
1 2 3 4 5
J2
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1~8 : 2128 PROGRAM
CABLE
9~16 : 5210 X-CHECKER
CABLE
* PIN 1,16 : VCC
1~10 : OFF = B8ZS, ON = AMI
2~9 : OFF = SF framing
ON = ESF framing
3~8 : ON = Use XC5210 SERIAL ROM
(When cutting off of 3-8 connect line
of PCB)
4~7 : ON = XC5210 X-CHECKER CABLE
5~6 : Use
4.2.8.2 Setting
• J1 (Adjust for Operation MODE)
No.
1 ~ 10
Description
Choose T1 Line Coding.
Normal config.
OFF = B8ZS, ON = AMI
2~9
Choose Framing.
OFF = SF (D3/D4) framing
ON = ESF Framing
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
4-10
User’s Manual
No.
3~8
Description
Normal Conifg.
Set ON when using Serial ROM at EPLD 5210
Loading. Because 3~8 is shorted originally in
PCB, jumper setting is not required when line is
not cut off.
ON = Use XC5210 Serial ROM
(Cutting off of 3 ~ 8 Connection Line of PCB)
4~7
Set ON when using X-checker at EPLD 5210
Loading. Because 3~8 are shorted originally, cut
off 3~8 on PCB and set jumper.
ON = Use XC5210 X-CHECKER CABLE.
5~6
• J2 (For EPLD Loading)
No.
1~8
Description
Connect Cable during programming EPLD 2128
Normal Config.
(U43). 2128 PROGRAM CABLE
9 ~ 16
Connect Cable during Programs EPLD 5210
(U18) Loading. 5210 X-CHECKER CABLE
PIN 1, 16 : VCC
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
4-11
User’s Manual
• J4 (trunk 1~4 length setting)
No.
Description
1~16
(TRUNK 1 LENGTH SETTING)
2~15
ALL OFF : 110ft, 1~16 ON : 220ft
Normal Config.
2~15 ON : 440ft, ALL OFF : 660ft
3~14
(TRUNK 2 LENGTH SETTING)
4~13
ALL OFF : 110ft, 3~14 ON : 220ft
4~13 ON : 440ft, ALL OFF : 660ft
5~12
(TRUNK 3 LENGTH SETTING)
6~11
ALL OFF : 110ft, 5~12 ON : 220ft
6~11 ON : 440ft, ALL OFF : 660ft
7~10
(TRUNK 4 LENGTH SETTING)
8~9
ALL OFF : 110ft, 7~10 ON : 220ft
8~9 ON : 440ft, ALL OFF : 660ft
• J3 (trunk 5~8 length setting)
No.
Description
1~16
(TRUNK 5 LENGTH SETTING)
2~15
ALL OFF : 110ft, 1~16 ON : 220ft
Normal Config.
2~15 ON : 440ft, ALL OFF : 660ft
3~14
(TRUNK 6 LENGTH SETTING)
4~13
ALL OFF : 110ft, 3~14 ON : 220ft
4~13 ON : 440ft, ALL OFF : 660ft
5~12
(TRUNK 7 LENGTH SETTING)
6~11
ALL OFF : 110ft, 5~12 ON : 220ft
6~11 ON : 440ft, ALL OFF : 660ft
7~10
(TRUNK 8 LENGTH SETTING)
8~9
ALL OFF : 110ft, 7~10 ON : 220ft
8~9 ON : 440ft, ALL OFF : 660ft
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
4-12
User’s Manual
4.2.9 TFSA-A1 (Time & Frequency Split Assembly-A1)
4.2.9.1 Mounting Drawing
J2
JP2
J1
JP3
JP1
10
4.2.9.2 Setting
No.
Description
Normal Config.
JP1
Loop-back Test of SCC1
1-2 : HDLC-RX_DATA
1-2 : HDLC-RX_DATA
3-4 : HDLC-TX_DATA
3-4 : HDLC-TX_DATA
5-6 : HDLC-RX_CLK
5-6 : HDLC-RX_CLK
7-8 : HDLC-TX_CLK
7-8 : HDLC-TX_CLK
JP2
EPLD Fusing Connect
NC
1-2 : MACH FUSING J-TAG
3-4 :MACH FUSING J-TAG
5-6 : MACH FUSING J-TAG
7-8 : MACH FUSING J-TAG
9-10 : MACH FUSING J-TAG
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
4-13
User’s Manual
No.
JP3
Description
Normal Config.
RAM Chip Selection
2-3 : MACH RAM Chip
1-2 : Test Setting
Selection
2-3 : MACH RAM Chip Selection
J1
GPS 1PPS-INX Input Level Setting
1-2 : 50ohm Pull-Down
1-2 : 50ohm Pull-Down
3-4 : 100ohm Pull-Down
5-6 : 150ohm Pull-Down
J2
GPS 1PPS-INY Input Level Setting
1-2 : 50ohm Pull-Down
1-2 : 50ohm Pull-Down
3-4 : 100ohm Pull-Down
5-6 : 150ohm Pull-Down
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
4-14
User’s Manual
4.2.10 TSGA-A1 (Time & frequency Splitting Generation AssemblyA1)
4.2.10.1 Mounting Drawing
JP4
JP1
JP3
10
11
13
15
17
19
10
12
14
16
18
20
JP2
J1
2 3
4.2.10.2 Setting
No.
J1
Description
Internal Oscillator Setting
1-2 : Use Y1 internal Oscillator for
Normal Config.
2-3 : Use 10MHz from
external
test
2-3 : Use 10MHz from external
JP1
1PPS input resistance Setting
1-2 : 300_ohm
1-2 : 300_ohm
3-4 : 10_ohm
JP2
1PPS input resistance Setting
1-2 : 300_ohm
1-2 : 300_ohm
3-4 : 10_ohm
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
4-15
User’s Manual
No.
JP3
Description
Clock Test Pin
Normal Config.
NC
2 : 2.048MHz SIGNAL
3 : 1.544MHz SIGNAL
4 : 8KHz SIGNAL
5 : 50Hz SIGNAL
6 : FOI SIGNAL
7 : 4.096MHz SIGNAL
8 : SUB SIGNAL
9 : ADD SIGNAL
10 : 50Hz RESET SIGNAL
11 : ADDA SIGNAL
12 : ADDPPS SIGNAL
13 : GPS_RST SIGNAL
14 : PPS_RST SIGNAL
19 : DLY_PPS SIGNAL
20 : 1PPS SIGNAL
JP4
MACH_FUSING J_TAG
NC
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
4-16
User’s Manual
4.2.11 TFDA-A1 (Time & Frequency Distribution Assembly-A1)
4.2.11.1 Mounting Drawing
11
13
15
17
19
10
12
14
16
18
20
J1
4.2.11.2 Setting
No.
J1
Description
Signal Check
Normal Config.
NC
2 : FOI SIGNAL
4 : 2.048MHz SIGNAL
6 : 4.096MHz SIGNAL
8 : 50Hz SIGNAL
10 : 1.544MHz SIGNAL
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
4-17
User’s Manual
4.2.12 VSIA-C1 (Vocoder Selector Interface Assembly-A1)
4.2.12.1 Mounting Drawing
4 3
14
JP 8
1 2
4 3
10
54 3 4 3
JP 12
JP 2
58
JP 17
JP 11
JP 7
JP
26
JP 24
17 2
1 2
10
JP 5
17 2
48 3
1 2
JP 6
JP
25
14
JP 9
4 3
48 3
JP 23
JP
13
JP
14
41 2 1 2
58
JP 18
58
JP 19
41
JP 20
41
41
4 3
JP
15
1 2
JP 3
10
JP 1
JP 10
JP 4
JP 16
JP 21
TOP SIDE
JP 22
4 1
4.2.12.2 Setting
No.
Description
JP 1
JTAG PROGRAMMING PORT
JP 2
SCC1 TX CLOCK 1-4 : NOT INVERTED
Normal Config.
1 -4
2-3 : INVERTED
JP 3
SCC1 TX CLOCK 1-8 : 8.15 MHz
3-6
2-7 : 8 MHz
3-6 : 4 MHz
4-5 : 2 MHz
JP 4
MOD CLK SELECTION
2-7
3-6
JP 5
MT8941 T1 SETUP
JP 6
E8KO SELECTION
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
1-4
4-18
User’s Manual
No.
Description
JP 7
TEST PORT CONNECTOR
JP 8
MT8980 LOOP SELECTION
JP 9
Normal Config.
1-2
3-4
JP 10
SCC1 RX LOOP CLOCK
JP 11
HDLC CLOCK SELECTION 1-10 : 16 MHz
4-7
2-9 : 8.15 MHz
3-8 : 8 MHz
4-7 : 4 MHz
5-6 : 2 MHz
JP 12 TSA CLOCK
1-8
2-7
3-6
4-5
JP 13
FOI CLOCK SELECTION 1-4 : NOT INVERTED
2-3
2-3 : INVERTED
JP 14
ST-BUS CLOCK SELECTION
1-4
ROUTER CLOCK SELECTION 1-8 : 32 MHz
2-7
JP 15
JP 16
2-7 : 16.384 MHz
3-6 : 16 MHz
4-5 : 8 MHz
JP 17
SCC1 RX CLOCK 1-4 : NOT INVERTED
1-4
2-3 : INVERTED
JP 18
HDLC RX CLOCK 1-4 : NOT INVERTED
1-4
2-3 : INVERTED
JP 19
HDLC RX CLOCK 1-4 : RXC
1-4
2-3 : TXC
JP 20
HDLC TX CLOCK 1-4 : NOT INVERTED
1-4
2-3 : INVERTED
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
4-19
User’s Manual
No.
JP 21
Description
HDLC RX DATA 1-4 : RXD
Normal Config.
1-4
2-3 : TXD
JP 22
ROUTER MOVE
JP 23
T1 EQUALIZER 0 SETTING
JP 24
T1 EQUALIZER 1 SETTING
JP 25
TRANSFORMER POWER 1-4 : 5V
JP 26
1-4
2-3
2-3 : 12V
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
4-20
User’s Manual
4.2.13 VSOA-A1 (Vocoder Selector Operation Assembly-A1)
4.2.13.1 Mounting Drawing
JP 1
10
JP 2
10
JP 5
JP 6
JP 3
10
JP 4
10
4.2.13.2 Setting
No.
JP1
Description
• JTAG PORT FOR A_AM29240EH
Normal Config.
NORMAL : SHORT
TEST : OPEN (CABLE)
(U 68)
• Use CABLE connection during CPU_A
TEST
• Connect GND (SHORT) when normal
operation
1 - 10 : A_CTRST* - GND
2 - 9 : A_ CTDI - GND
3 - 8 : A_CTDO - GND
4 - 7 : A_CTMS - GND
5 - 6 : A_CTCK - GND
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
4-21
User’s Manual
No.
JP2
Description
Normal Config.
• JTAG PORT FOR 12 DSPs
NORMAL : OPEN
• Use CABLE connection when DSP
TEST : OPEN (CABLE)
BOUNDARY SCAN
• OPEN when normal operation
JP3
1 : TCKIN
10 : GND
2 : TMS
9 : GND
3 : TDI0
8 : VCC
4 : TDO0
7 : GND
5 : TCKEN
6 : GND
• JTAG PORT FOR EPLD
NORMAL : OPEN
• Use CABLE connection when EPLD
TEST : OPEN (CABLE)
PROGRAMMING
• OPEN when normal operation
JP4
1 : J_TCK
10 : GND
2 : J_TMS
9 : GND
3 : J_TDI0
8 : VCC
4 : J_TDO0
7 : GND
5 : J_TRST
6 : GND
• JTAG PORT FOR B_AM29240EH
NORMAL : SHORT
TEST : OPEN (CABLE)
(U70)
• Use CABLE connection when CPU_B
TEST
• Connect GND (SHORT) when normal
operation.
1 - 10 : B_CTRST* - GND
2 - 9 : B_ CTDI - GND
3 - 8 : B_CTDO - GND
4 - 7 : B_CTMS - GND
5 - 6 : B_CTCK - GND
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
4-22
User’s Manual
No.
JP5
Description
• AM29240EH UART CLOCK
1 - 4 : C4I* FROM CKD
Normal Config.
NORMAL : 1-4 OPEN
2-3 SHORT
2 - 3 : 8MHZ LOCAL CLOCK
JP6
• CDMA REFERENCE CLOCK
NORMAL : 1-8 SHORT
(C4I*, FOI*)
2-7 OPEN
1 - 8 : C4I* FROM VSIA-C1
3-6 SHORT
2 - 7 : C4I* FROM CKD
4-5 OPEN
3 - 6 : FOI* FROM VSIA-C1
4 - 5 : FOI* FROM CKD
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
4-23
User’s Manual
4.2.14 CHBB-A1 (CIN HIPC Back Board-A1)
4.2.14.1 Mounting Drawing
J15
J16
J17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
J14
4.2.14.2 Setting
In LCIN A side, shunt J14 and In LCIN B side, open J14
No.
J14
Description
Normal Config.
open : SIDE1
shunt : SIDE0
J15
Upper 4 Bit : GCIN ID Setting (#0~#3)
Lower 4 Bit : LCIN ID Setting (#0~#11)
J16
Reserved (No Shunt)
J17
Reserved (No Shunt)
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
4-24
User’s Manual
4.2.14.2.1 Setting for LCIN
Address setting for LCIN is done on CHBB-A1.
CHBB-A1 Setting
l J14 strap : Classification of dualized LCIN Side (ON: Side 0, OFF: Side 1)
l J15 strap : LCIN ID Lower 4-BIT Setting, GCIN ID Upper 4-BIT Setting
l J16, J17 strap : Reserved
LCIN 0
LCIN 1
LCIN 2
LCIN 3
LCIN 4
LCIN 5
LCIN 6
LCIN 7
LCIN 8
LCIN 9
LCIN 10
LCIN 11
5-12
5-12
5-12
5-12
5-12
5-12
5-12
5-12
5-12
5-12
5-12
5-12
6-11
6-11
6-11
6-11
6-11
6-11
6-11
6-11
6-11
6-11
6-11
6-11
7-10
7-10
7-10
7-10
7-10
7-10
7-10
7-10
7-10
7-10
7-10
7-10
8-9
8-9
8-9
8-9
8-9
8-9
8-9
8-9
8-9
8-9
8-9
8-9
4.2.15 CCBB-A1 (CCP Back wiring Board-A1)
4.2.15.1 Mounting Drawing
JA4
JA2
JA3
JA1
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
4-25
User’s Manual
4.2.15.2 Setting
No.
Description
Normal Config.
JA1/JA2
Strap for A side Address Setting of CCP-A1
JA3/JA4
Strap for B side Address Setting of CCP-A1
• JA1 - JA4 are currently used for CCP-A1 Address Setting.
Currently, CCP-A1 (0) has Physical Address 0064, 8064 and CCP-A1 (1) has Physical
Address 0165, 8165.
For example, Set Aside 0064, B side 8064 of CCP-A1 (0) as follows.
JA4
JA2
JA3
CCP BSIDE
JA1
CCP ASIDE
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
4-26
User’s Manual
4.2.16 ACPA-A1 (Alarm Control Processor Assembly-A1)
4.2.16.1 Mounting Drawing
JP2
JP3
JP1
4.2.16.2 Setting
When setting DS1232VCC Monitor, shunt JP1 in a normal operation is open.
When setting IPC Loop-back, shunt JP2 in a normal operation is open.
No.
Description
JP1
1-2: DS1232VCC Monitor Enable
JP2
1-2 : IPC Loop-back ON
JP3
NOT USED
Normal Config.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
4-27
User’s Manual
4.2.17 SDBB-A1 (CKD Split & Distributed Back Board-A1)
4.2.17.1 Mounting Drawing
JP1
JP8
IB10
IB9
IB8
IB7
IB6
IB5
IB4
IB3
IB2
IB1
IB0
JP7
IA10
IA9
IA8
IA7
IA6
IA5
IA4
IA3
IA2
IA1
IA0
JP2
JP6
ID0B
ID1B
ID2B
ID3B
DI4B
JP5
ID0A
ID1A
ID2A
ID3A
DI4A
IDB
JP3
JP4
IDA
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
4-28
User’s Manual
4.2.17.2 Setting
No.
Description
JP1
10MHz,1PPS Mode Setting
M : BSC 0 Shelf
S : BSC 1,2,3,4,5 Shelf
JP2
10MHz,1PPS Mode Setting
M : BSC 0 Shelf
S : BSC 1,2,3,4,5 Shelf
JP3
10MHz,1PPS Mode Setting
M : BSC 0 Shelf
S : BSC 1,2,3,4,5 Shelf
JP4
10MHz,1PPS Mode Setting
M : BSC 0 Shelf
S : BSC 1,2,3,4,5 Shelf
JP5
TFSA 0 Side ID Setting
ID0-2A : GCIN Classification
ID3A : BSC Classification
ID4A : SIDE Classification
JP6
TFSA 1 Side ID Setting
ID0-2B : GCIN Classification
ID3B : BSC Classification
ID4B : SIDE Classification
JP7
TSGA 0 Side ID Setting
IA0 : SIDE Classification
IA1-3 : CIN Classification
IA4-7 : BSC Classification
IA8-10 : RESERVED
JP8
TSGA 1 Side ID Setting
IB0 : SIDE Classification
IB1-3 : CIN Classification
IB4-7 : BSC Classification
IB8-10 : RESERVED
Normal Config.
ALL OFF-SET (OPEN) : “1”
ALL SET : “0”
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
4-29
User’s Manual
4.2.18 TSBB-A1 (TSB Back Board-A1)
4.2.18.1 Mounting Drawing
CLKB
CLKA
TSBB-A1
B_ADDRH
B_ADDRL
A_ADDRH
A_ADDRL
REAR SIDE
4.2.18.2 Setting
If Address of TSB0 is E000 (2byte address), set as follows. (If jumper is putting in, it
means “0” and if jumper is pulling out, it means “1”)
A_ADDRH
A_ADDRL
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
4-30
User’s Manual
4.2.19 BABB-A1 (BSC Alarm Back Board-A1)
4.2.19.1 Mounting Drawing
SW3
SW2
SW1
4.2.19.2 Setting
When setting BSC ID “0”, SW2 (8~5) is ON and when setting BSC ID “1”, SW2
(8~5) is OFF. When setting GCIN ID “0”, SW1 (6~4) is ON and when setting GCIN
ID “1”, SW1 (6~4) is OFF.
No.
Description
SW3
NOT USED
SW2
8 ON:BSC ID-BIT 3
Normal Config.
7 ON:BSC ID-BIT 2
6 ON:BSC ID-BIT 1
5 ON:BSC ID-BIT 0
4 : OFF-1
3 : OFF-1
2 : OFF-1
1 : OFF-1
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
4-31
User’s Manual
No.
SW1
Description
Normal Config.
8 : OFF-1
7 : OFF-1
6 ON : GCIN ID BIT 2
5 ON : GCIN ID BIT 1
4 ON : GCIN ID BIT 0
3 : Reserved
2 : Reserved
1 ON : Side A
1 OFF : Side B
4.2.20 HSBB-A1 (HIPC Small Back Board-A1)
4.2.20.1 Mounting Drawing
J1
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
J2
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
J3
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
4-32
User’s Manual
4.2.20.2 Setting
No.
Description
Normal Config.
J1
Upper 4 Bit : GCIN ID Setting (#0~#3)
J2
Reserved (No Shunt)
J3
Reserved (No Shunt)
GCIN0
GCIN1
GCIN2
GCIN3
16
16
16
16
15
15
15
15
14
14
14
14
13
13
13
13
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
4-33
User’s Manual
4.3 LED Description
PBA
CIFA-A1
Front Panel
¡ RUN
¡
FAIL
¡
ACT
¡
HS
¡
HX
LED
Normal
Abnormal
Description
RUN
ON
OFF
Drives with Run signal of CPU and ON if normal operation
FAIL
OFF
ON
ON when in the state of unable to recover, or indicating
PBA Fail
ACT
ON
OFF
ON when Active, OFF when Standby
CHS
OFF/ON
ON when U-Link A channel enable
CHX
ON/ OFF
ON when U-Link B channel enable
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
4-34
User’s Manual
MCDA
¡
RUN
¡
OVWR
¡
FAIL
¡
CT
RUN
ON
OFF
OFF when CPU Error (Change PBA)
OVWR
ON
OFF
ON state indicating of overwriting data from Active Side to
Standby Side in connection with D-Channel
FAIL
OFF
ON
Indicating PBA Fail (After Reset, abnormal state exists) or ON
when in the state of local resource initial during Processor
Loading
ACT
ON,OFF
CONF
OFF
CMSG
ON,OFF
HALT
OFF
LED
Normal
¡
CONF
¡
CMSG
¡
HALT
PBA
Front Panel
ON when Active, OFF when Standby
ON
ON when C-CH Error occurs or Reset, default is OFF
In the state of transmission of Message to C-CH. default is OFF.
ON
ON when CPU Halt due to critical error.
(Reset with CPU Halt or PBA change if necessary)
Abnormal
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
Description
4-35
User’s Manual
HICA-A2
¡
¡
¡
¡
ACT
RUN
FAIL
CLKF
ACT
ON,OFF
ON when operates as an Active (After Reset, abnormal
state exists, then Change PBA)
RUN
ON
OFF
ON when CPU normal operation, OFF when abnormal
FAIL
OFF
ON
Indicating PBA Fail (After Reset, abnormal state exists, then
Change PBA)
CLKF
OFF
ON
when reference clock of Link is abnormal
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
4-36
User’s Manual
HNTA-A2
¡
RUN
¡
FAIL
¡
ROUTE
¡
EST
¡
LER0
¡
LER1
¡
LER2
¡
ER3
¡
LER4
¡
LER5
¡
LER6
¡
ER7
RUN
ON
OFF
ON (Green) when CPU operates
FAIL
OFF
ON
ON (Red) when PBA function is abnormal,
/ After Reset, Change PBA if Led is ON
ROUTE
ON (Green) when Packet transmit/receive with Trunk
TEST
when performs PBA test function ON (Yellow)
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
4-37
User’s Manual
PBA
Front Panel
LER0
OFF
ON
LER1
OFF
ON
LER2
OFF
ON
LER3
OFF
ON
LER4
OFF
ON
LER5
OFF
ON
LER6
OFF
ON
LER7
OFF
ON
LED
Normal
Indicating abnormal status of 8 Trunks.
: ON when Trunk is Cutting Off.
(Check the connection status of connector and if ON continually,
after checking Trunk status with instrument, PBA Change if ON
continually)
Abnormal
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
Description
4-38
User’s Manual
HRNA-A2
¡
¡
¡
¡
¡
¡
¡
RUN
FAIL
ROUTE
TEST
ACT1
ACT2
ACT3
RUN
ON
OFF
ON when CPU operates normally
FAIL
OFF
ON
ON when Reset and HRNA-A2 fails
ROUTE
ON when transmit packet frame using D-BUS and ULINK
TEST
ON when PBA performs test function
¡
ACT4
¡
ACT5
¡
ACT6
¡
ACT7
¡
ACT8
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
4-39
User’s Manual
PBA
TFSA-A1
Front Panel
RUN
ACT1
ON when NODE 1 is ACTIVE
ACT2
ON when NODE 2 is ACTIVE
ACT3
ON when NODE 3 is ACTIVE
ACT4
ON when NODE 4 is ACTIVE
ACT5
ON when NODE 5 is ACTIVE
ACT6
ON when NODE 6 is ACTIVE
ACT7
ON when NODE 7 is ACTIVE
ACT8
ON when NODE 8 is ACTIVE
LED
Normal
Abnormal
RUN
ON
OFF
Description
CPU Status
ACT
1PPS
10M
TOD
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
4-40
User’s Manual
TSGA-A1
ACT
ACT
ON
OFF
ACTIVE Status
1PPS
Blink
OFF
1PPS input status
10M
ON
OFF
10MHz input status
TOD
Blink
OFF
TOD input status
ACT
Blink
ON
Blink when Active, Off when Standby, ON when
abnormal status
RUN
ON
OFF
CPU Status
10M
Blink
OFF
10MHz input status
1PPS
Blink
OFF
1PPS input status
PLL
ON
OFF
Internal PLL LOCKING Status
50HZ
ON
OFF
50Hz CLOCK Status
RUN
10M
1PPS
PLL
50Hz
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
4-41
User’s Manual
ACT
TFDA-A1
ACT
Blink
ON
Blink when Active, Off when Standby, ON when
abnormal status
PWR
ON
OFF
POWER Status
PWR
PBA
VSIA-C1
Front Panel
¡
¡
¡
¡
¡
¡
¡
RUN
FAIL
HALT
CLKALM
ROUTE
LINKA
LINKB
LED
Normal
Abnormal
RUN
ON (Green)
FAIL
OFF
ON (Red)
LED is controlled by S/W, OFF when started OS,
ON when not started OS.
HALT
OFF
ON (Red)
ON when CPU halt and both fail of two links due
to significant error.
CLKF
OFF
ON (Yellow)
ROUTE
ON (Green)
LINKA
OFF
Unused.
LINKB
OFF
Unused
Description
ON if CPU is active and operates normally.
ON when clock is abnormal from CKD Block
ON when packet is moving.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
4-42
User’s Manual
ACPA-A1
¡
¡
¡
GTFU-A1
PBA
RUN
FAIL
HALT
¡ RUN
¡ ACT
¡ GPSALM
¡ 1PPSALM
¡ FAULT
Front Panel
RUN
FAIL
HALT
ON (Green)
OFF
OFF
ON (Red)
ON (Red)
ON (Red)
RUN
ACT
GPSALM
1PPSALM
FAULT
ON
ON(A)/OFF(S)
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
LED
Normal
Board is in the state of operating.
ON if not finished of Down Loading
ON when system is in the state of abnormal.
Normal Operational Status
Provide 10MHz,1PPS Output To System
Tracking GPS Satellite
1PPS Exceed Over 800nsec
System Fault Condition
Abnormal
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
Description
4-43
User’s Manual
VSOA-A1
¡ ¡
¡ ¡
¡ ¡
¡ ¡
¡ ¡
¡ ¡
¡ ¡
¡ ¡
¡ ¡
50MHZ
ON (Green)
OFF
ON when clock is normal from CKD BLOCK
RUN A/B
ON (Green)
OFF
ON when A/B Side CPU operates normally
FAIL A/B
OFF
ON (Red)
DSP 0/6
ON (Yellow)/OFF
Blink
DSP 0/6 ON When call setup, OFF when release,
Blink when DSP is abnormal.
DSP 1/7
ON (Green)/OFF
Blink
DSP 1/7 ON When call setup, OFF when release,
Blink when DSP is abnormal.
DSP 2/8
ON (Green)/OFF
Blink
DSP 2/8 ON When call setup, OFF when release,
Blink when DSP is abnormal.
50MHZ
RUN A/B
FAIL A/B
DSP 0/6
DSP 1/7
DSP 2/8
DSP 3/9
DSP 4/10
DSP 5/11
ON before Down Loading from CCP Block, OFF if
ended
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
4-44
User’s Manual
DSP 3/9
ON (Green)/OFF
Blink
DSP 3/9 ON When call setup, OFF when release,
Blink when DSP is abnormal.
DSP 4/10
ON (Green)/OFF
Blink
DSP 4/10 ON When call setup, OFF when release,
Blink when DSP is abnormal.
DSP 5/11
ON (Green)/OFF
Blink
DSP 5/11 ON When call setup, OFF when release,
Blink when DSP is abnormal.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
4-45
User’s Manual
4.4 COMMAND LIST
COD_ID
Description
Command
Parameter
C5668
Equip Activate of ACP
ACT-ACP
:BSC=a, ACP=b;
C5610
Equip Activate of AMP
ACT-AMP
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a}, SECT=c, FA=d;
C5605
Equip Activate of BTS Link
ACT-BLNK
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a}, BCP=b, LINK=c;
C5600
Equip Activate of BTS
ACT-BTS
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a};
C5662
Equip Activate of BTU
ACT-BTU
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a};
C5686
Equip Activate of CCC
ACT-CCC
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a}, DU=c, SLOT=d;
C2014
CCP Old/New PKG Change ACT-CCP-SBY
Activate
:BSC=a;
C5685
Equip Activate of Channel
Element
ACT-CE
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a}, DU=c, SLOT=d, SNODE=e;
C5663
Equip Activate of GCIN
HRNA
ACT-GCIN
:HRNA=a;
C5667
Equip Activate of BIN HNEA ACT-HNEA-BIN
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a},HNEA=c;
C5666
Equip Activate of LCIN
HNEA
:BSC=a,HNEA=b;
C5665
Equip Activate of BIN HRNA ACT-HRNA-BIN
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a},HRNA=c;
C5664
Equip Activate of LCIN
HRNA
ACT-HRNA-LCIN
:BSC=a,HRNA=b;
C9010
Equip Activate of LINK
ACT-LINK
:BSC=a,LINK=b;
ACT-HNEA-LCIN
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
4-46
User’s Manual
COD_ID
Description
Command
C9009
Equip Activate of Link Set
C3003
Overload Threshold Activate ACT-OVLD-THR
:{PRC=a, BSC=b}/{PRC=a,BSC=b,BCP=c}/{BTS=a}, ONOFF=d;
C5637
Equip Activate of SIP
ACT-SIP
:BSC=a, SIP=b;
C5639
Equip Activate of SVE
ACT-SVE
:BSC=a, SIP=b, SVP=c, SVE=d;
C5638
SVP of Equip Activate
ACT-SVP
:BSC=a, SIP=b, SVP=c;
C2007
Add Loading Block
ADD-LDNG-BLK
:{BSC=a}/{BSC=a, BLKTYPE=b}, HDTYPE=c, BLKNAME=d,
VERSION=e;
C5242
Add BTS NEBR
ADD-NEBR
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a}, SECT=c, FA=d, NBRBTS=e, NBRSECT=f;
C4501
Add Mobile MARKOV
function
ADD-REG-MARK
:MIN=a,SCM=b,BTS=c,RATE=d;
C1000
Allow alarm message output ALW-ALM-MSG
C1020
Allow reflection of alarm
status
ALW-ALM-STS
C1001
Allow audio alarm output
ALW-AUD-ALM
[ :GRD=a];
C6404
Allow daily statistics
ALW-DRPT-MSG
:BSC=a;
C1002
Allow fault message output
ALW-FLT-MSG
:FN=a;
C6403
Allow hourly statistics
ALW-HRPT-MSG
:BSC=a;
C6405
Allow monthly statistics
ALW-MRPT-MSG
:BSC=a;
C4401
Allow periodic diagnostic
ALW-PED-TST
:DEV=a,{BSC=b, BCP=c}/{BTS=b}/{BSC=b, SIP=c};
COD_ID
Description
ACT-LSET
Parameter
:BSC=a;
:AN=a;
Command
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
Parameter
4-47
User’s Manual
C3503
Allow status message output ALW-STS-MSG
:CODE=a;
C4301
Allow device test
ALW-TST
:DEV=a, MODE=b {,BSC=c};
C9018
Correct of alarm status
AUDIT-ALARM
C5410
Block AMP
BLK-AMP
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a}, SECT=c, FA=d;
C5405
Block BTS Link
BLK-BLNK
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a}, LINK=c;
C5400
Block BTS
BLK-BTS
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a};
C5486
Block CCC
BLK-CCC
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a}, DU=c, SLOT=d;
C5485
Block Channel Element
BLK-CE
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a}, DU=c, SLOT=d, SNODE=e;
C5437
Block SIP
BLK-SIP
:BSC=a, SIP=b;
C5439
Block SVE
BLK-SVE
:BSC=a, SIP=b, SVP=c, SVE=d;
C5438
Block SVP
BLK-SVP
:BSC=a, SIP=b, SVP=c;
C5116
Change Access Channel
Parameter value
CHG-AC-PARA
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a}, FA=c, SECT=d [,Param];
C5119
Change Access Channel
message
CHG-ACC-MSG
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a}, FA=c, SECT=d [,Param];
C1023
Change BCP Alarm
CHG-ALM-BCP
:{BSC=a[,BCP=b]},REG=c,BIT=d,ALM_CODE=e,DEV=f,SECT=g,CDMA
=h,
EQUIP=i;
C3113
Change BCP Device Control CHG-BCP-CTRL
:CTRL=a{,BSC=b,BCP=c}/{,BTS=b},BLNKCTRL=d,CEDYNCTRL=e,C
DMACHDYNCTRL=f,FAILTIME=g;
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
4-48
User’s Manual
COD_ID
Description
Command
Parameter
C4704
Change HICA BER
CHG-BER-HICA
:LINKTYPE=a,BERTHR=b,SYNCTHR=c,SLIPTHR=d,CRCBPLRTHR=e;
C4703
Change BER Diagnostic
CHG-BER-TST
:{BSC=a,BCP=b}/{BTS=a},AUTOFLAG=c,TERM=d,THRESHOLD=e;
C5105
Change BLINK
Configuration
CHG-BLNK-CONF
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a}, LINK=c[,USRPOFF];
C3509
Change BLINK Error
Parameter
CHG-BLNK-ERR
:TYPE=a, {BSC=b,BCP=c}/{BTS=b}, WINSIZE=d, FREERATE=e;
C5134
Change BSC Configuration
Information
CHG-BSC-CONF
:BSC=a [, PARAM];
C5100
Change BTS Configuration
Information
CHG-BTS-CONF
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a} [,Param];
C5112
Change CDMA Channel
Configuration
CHG-CDMA-CONF :{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a}, FA=c [,Param];
C5102
Change CDMA Information
CHG-CDMA-INFO
:FA=a, CHNUM=b;
C5114
Change Channel Element
Type
CHG-CE-TYPE
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a}, DU=c, SLOT=d, SNODE=e, TYPE=f [,Param];
C5132
Change Forward Link Power CHG-FPC1-INFO
Control Data Set1
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a}, FA=c, SECT=d [,Param];
C5144
Change Forward Link Power CHG-FPC2-INFO
Control Data Set2
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a}, FA=c, SECT=d [,Param];
COD_ID
Description
Command
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
Parameter
4-49
User’s Manual
C5113
Change Forward Link Power CHG-FWDP-INFO
Data Value
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a}, FA=c, SECT=d [,Param];
C5142
Change NEBR Priority
CHG-NEBR-PRI
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a}, SECT=c, FA=d, INDEX=e [,Param];
C9015
Change OPC Information
CHG-OPC
:BSC=a [, OPC=b][, MAXLNK=c];
C3304
Change Overload Threshold
Value
CHG-OVLD-THR
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a}, DEV=c, CRI=d, MAJ=e, MIN=f, ONSET=g;
C5118
Change Paging Channel
Parameter
CHG-PC-PARA
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a}, FA=c, SECT=d [, PC=e], PCGAIN=f;
C4403
Change Period TEST
CHG-PED-TST
:DEV=a, {BSC=b, BCP=c}/{BTS=b},DEVID=d,STIM=e,ETIM=f,CNT=g;
C5117
Change Pilot/Sync Channel
Parameter
CHG-PSC-PARA
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a}, FA=c, SECT=d [,Param];
C4503
Change Mobile MARKOV
Register
CHG-REG-MARK
:MIN=a,SCM=b,BTS=c,RATE=d;
C5120
Change RF Control Card
Information
CHG-RFC-PARA
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a}, FA=c, SECT=d [,Param];
C5133
Change Reverse Link Power CHG-RPC-INFO
Control Data Value
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a}, FA=c, SECT=d [,Param];
C5104
Change Sub Cell Data Value CHG-SCEL-INFO
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a}, FA=c, SECT=d [,Param];
C5101
Change Sector Information
Data Value
CHG-SECT-INFO
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a}, SECT=c [,Param];
C5106
Change System DATA
CHG-SYS-PARA
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a}, FA=c, SECT=d [,Param];
COD_ID
Description
Command
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
Parameter
4-50
User’s Manual
C5115
Change Traffic Channel
Parameter
CHG-TC-PARA
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a}, FA=c [,Param];
C4303
Change Automatic Test
Information
CHG-TST
:DEV=a, BSC=b, TERM=c, CNT=d;
C1018
Check BSC Alarm
CHK-BSC-ALM
:BSC=a;
C1017
Check BTS Alarm
CHK-BTS-ALM
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a};
C1003
Clear Audio Alarm
CLR-AUD-ALM
C5731
Deactivate ACP
DACT-ACP
:BSC=a, ACP=b;
C5710
Deactivate AMP
DACT-AMP
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a},SECT=c,FA=d;
C5705
Deactivate BTS Link
DACT-BLNK
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a}, LINK=c;
C5700
Deactivate BTS
DACT-BTS
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a};
C5762
Deactivate BTU
DACT-BTU
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a};
C5786
Deactivate CCC
DACT-CCC
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a}, DU=c, SLOT=d;
C5785
Deactivate Channel Element DACT-CE
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a}, DU=c, SLOT=d, SNODE=e;
C5763
Deactivate GCIN HRNA
DACT-GCIN
:HRNA=a;
C5767
Deactivate BIN HNEA
DAC-HNEA-BIN
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a},HNEA=c;
C5766
Deactivate LCIN HNEA
DACT-HNEA-LCIN :BSC=a,HNEA=b;
C5765
Deactivate BIN HRNA
DACT-HRNA-BIN
COD_ID
C5764
Description
Deactivate LCIN HRNA
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a},HRNA=c;
Command
DACT-HRNA-LCIN
Parameter
:BSC=a, HRNA=b;
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
4-51
User’s Manual
C9012
Deactivate Link
DACT-LINK
:BSC=a, LINK=b;
C5735
Deactivate Link Set
DACT-LSET
:BSC=a;
C5737
Deactivate SIP
DACT-SIP
:BSC=a, SIP=b;
C5739
Deactivate SVE
DACT-SVE
:BSC=a, SIP=b, SVP=c, SVE=d;
C5738
Deactivate SVP
DACT-SVP
:BSC=a, SIP=b, SVP=c;
C9003
Define DPC
DEF-DPC
:BSC=a, DPC=b;
C9005
Define Link
DEF-LINK
:BSC=a, LINK=b, ACTIND=c, TSTSLC=d;
C9004
Define Link Set
DEF-LSET
:BSC=a, LSHAR=b, ACTIND=c;
C9016
Define SCCP
DEF-SCCP
:BSC=a, SYSID=b, SSN=c;
C9006
Delete DPC
DEL-DPC
:BSC=a;
C2008
Delete Loading Block
DEL-LDNG-BLK
:BSC=a [, BLKTYPE=b], BLKNAME=c;
C9008
Delete Link
DEL-LINK
:BSC=a, LINK=b;
C9007
Delete Link Set
DEL-LSET
:BSC=a;
C4502
Delete Mobile MARKOV
Register
DEL-REG-MARK
:MIN=a;
C9017
Delete SCCP
DEL-SCCP
:BSC=a;
COD_ID
C5016
Description
Confirm Access Channel
Parameter
Command
DIS-AC-PARA
Parameter
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a}, FA=c, SECT=d, PC=e;
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
4-52
User’s Manual
C5019
Output ACC Message
DIS-ACC-MSG
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a}, FA=c, SECT=d;
C5068
Output ACP Configuration
Information
DIS-ACP-CONF
:BSC=a;
C4508
Output Active MARKOV Call
DIS-ACT-MARK
C1014
Output ACP Alarm
DIS-ALM-ACP
[ :BSC=a [, ACP=b [, SRC=c]]];
C1022
Output BCP Alarm
DIS-ALM-BCP
:{BSC=a [, BCP=b]}/{BTS=c};
C1006
Output Alarm Information
DIS-ALM-INFO
N :AN=a;
C1004
Output Current Alarm Status
DIS-ALM-STS
{[ :BSC=a [, BCP=b]]}/{[BTS=a]}[,DETAIL=c];
C5010
Output AMP Configuration
Information
DIS-AMP-CONF
{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a}, SECT=c;
C1005
Output Audio Alarm
DIS-AUD-ALM
C4512
Output BCP Call Number
DIS-BCP-CALL
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a},FA=c;
C3109
Output BCP Device CTRL
DIS-BCP-CTRL
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a};
C4702
Output BER Information
DIS-BER-INFO
:PROC=a,BSC=b;
C3208
Output BIN HNEA Status
DIS-BIN-HLEA
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a};
C3206
Output BIN Node Status
DIS-BIN-NODE
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a};
C3203
Output BIN Processor Status
DIS-BIN-PRC
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a};
COD_ID
Description
Command
Parameter
C2004
Output Block Loading History
Function
DIS-BLLD-HIS
:{BSC=a, PROC=b [,{ACP=c}/{SIP =c, SVP=d}/{BCP=c}]}/{BTS=a,
PROC=b [, DU=c [,CCC=d]]}, BLKNAME=e;
C5005
Output BLINK Configuration
DIS-BLNK-CONF
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a};
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
4-53
User’s Manual
C3508
Output BLINK Error Parameter DIS-BLNK-ERR
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a};
C3004
Output BLINK Status
DIS-BLNK-STS
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a};
C3401
Output BSC ACP Information
DIS-BSC-ACP
:BSC=a;
C5034
Output BSC Configuration
Information
DIS-BSC-CONF
C5081
BSC Information Output
DIS-BSC-INFO
C3102
BTS Card Status Output
DIS-BTS-CARD
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a}, CARD=c;
C5000
Confirm BTS Configuration
Information
DIS-BTS-CONF
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a};
C5082
Confirm & Output BTS
Operation Information
DIS-BTS-INFO
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a};
C3101
Output BCP Processor Status DIS-BTS-PRC
:{BSC=a [, BCP=b]}/{BTS=a};
C3402
Output BTS SACA Status
DIS-BTS-SACA
:{BSC=a [, BCP=b]}/{BTS=a};
C5062
Output BTU Configuration
DIS-BTU-CONF
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a};
C3307
Output Call Number
DIS-CALL-STS
:PROC=a, {BSC=b, BCP=c}/{BTS=b};
COD_ID
Description
Command
Parameter
C3103
Output CC Status
DIS-CC-STS
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a};
C3001
Output CCP Status
DIS-CCP-STS
[ :BSC=a];
C2017
Output CCP Version
DIS-CCP-VER
:BSC=bsc, SIDE=b;
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
4-54
User’s Manual
C5012
Confirm CDMA Configuration
Information
DIS-CDMA-CONF
C5002
Confirm CDMA Channel
Information
DIS-CDMA-INFO
C3108
Output CDMA Channel
Information
DIS-CDMACH-LIST :{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a};
C3106
Output CE Status
DIS-CE-STS
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a},DU=c;
C5090
Output CDMA Channel List
Message
DIS-CHLIST-MSG
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a},SECT=c;
C0001
Output Command History
DIS-CMD-HIS
:DATE=a, STIME=b, ETIME=c, TYPE=d, CODE=e;
C9000
Output CSB Configuration
Information
DIS-CSB-INFO
[ :BSC=a];
C9019
Output CSB Status
DIS-CSB-STS
[ :BSC=a];
C4509
Output Deactivated MARKOV DIS-DACT-MARK
Call
C6017
Output statistic data Collection DIS-DATA-COLL
Status
COD_ID
Description
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a};
Command
Parameter
C5014
Output DU Configuration
Information
DIS-DU-CONF
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a}, SHELF=c [, SLOT=d];
C5089
Output Extended System
Parameter
DIS-EXTSYS-MSG :{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a}, SECT=c, FA=d;
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
4-55
User’s Manual
C1021
Output Fault Information
DIS-FLT-INFO
:FN=a;
C5032
Confirm BTS Forward Link
Power Control Value
DIS-FPC1-INFO
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a}, FA=c, SECT=d;
C5044
Confirm BTS Forward Link
Power Control Value
DIS-FPC2-INFO
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a}, FA=c, SECT=d;
C5013
Confirm Subcell Forward Link DIS-FWDP-INFO
Power Value
C5063
Output GCIN Configuration
DIS-GCIN-CONF
C3204
Output GCIN Node Status
DIS-GCIN-NODE
C3201
Output GCIN Processor
Status
DIS-GCIN-PRC
C3403
Output GPS Status
DIS-GPS-STS
C3209
Output GW Node Status
DIS-GW-NODE
:NODETYPE=a,{BSC=b, BCP=c}/{BTS=b}
C5067
Output BIN HNEA Status
DIS-HNEA-BIN
{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a};
C5066
Output LCIN HNEA Status
DIS-HNEA-LCIN
:BSC=a;
C5065
Output BIN HRNA Status
DIS-HRNA-BIN
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a};
COD_ID
Description
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a}, FA=c, SECT=d;
Command
C5064
Output LCIN HRNA Status
C1007
Supply Output-Inhibited alarm DIS-INH-ALM
information
C1008
Supply Output-inhibited Fault DIS-INH-FLT
Information
Parameter
DIS-HRNA-LCIN
:BSC=a;
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
4-56
User’s Manual
C6003
Output Output-inhibited Fault DIS-INH-MSG
Statistics List
C3502
Output Output-inhibited
Status Messages List
DIS-INH-STS
C3207
Output LCIN HNEA Node
Information
DIS-LCIN-HNEA
:BSC=a;
C3205
Output LCIN Node Status
DIS-LCIN-NODE
:BSC=a;
C3202
Output LCIN Processor
Status
DIS-LCIN-PRC
:BSC=a;
C2003
Loading Table Output
Function
DIS-LDNG-TBL
:BSC=a, PROC=b;
C9001
Output Link Information
DIS-LINK-INFO
:BSC=a, LINK=b;
C5036
Confirm MSC Link Channel
Configuration Information
DIS-MCH-CONF
:BSC=a, LINK=b;
C5035
Output MSC Link
Configuration Information
DIS-MLNK-CONF
:BSC=a;
COD_ID
Description
Command
Parameter
C3005
MSC Link Status Output
DIS-MLNK-STS
:BSC=a, LINK=b;
C0002
Output Message History
DIS-MSG-HIS
:DATE=a, STIME=b, ETIME=c, TYPE=d, CODE=e;
C5042
Confirm BTS Neighbor List
DIS-NEBR-INFO
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a}, SECT=c, FA=d;
C3306
Output Out Of Service Status DIS-OOS-STS
:DEV=a, TYPE=b;
C3301
Output CPU Overload Status DIS-OVLD-STS
:PRC=a, {BSC=b [,BCP=c]}/{BTS=b};
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
4-57
User’s Manual
C3302
Output CPU Overload Limit
DIS-OVLD-THR
:PRC=a, {BSC=b [,BCP=c]}/{BTS=b};
C5018
Confirm Paging Channel
Parameter
DIS-PC-PARA
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a}, FA=c, SECT=d, PC=e;
C4003
Output periodic Test
Information
DIS-PED-INFO
:DEV=a, BSC=b;
C5883
Output PLD Information
DIS-PLD-INFO
[ :BSC=a];
C5031
Output PN Cell Information
DIS-PN-CELL
[ :PILOT=a];
C2005
Processor Loading History
Function
DIS-PRLD-HIS
:{BSC=a, PROC=b [, {ACP=c}/{SIP=c[,SVP=d]}/{BCP=c}]}/{BTS=a,
PROC=b [,DU=c [,CCC=d]]};
C5017
Confirm Pilot/Sync Channel
Parameter
DIS-PSC-PARA
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a}, FA=c, SECT=d;
C4507
Confirm Mobile MARKOV
Register
DIS-REG-MARK
C5020
Output RFC Parameter
Function
DIS-RFC-PARA
COD_ID
Description
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a}, FA=c, SECT=d;
Command
Parameter
C5033
Confirm BTS Reverse Link
Power Control Value
DIS-RPC-INFO
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a}, FA=c, SECT=d;
C4002
Output Reverse Link Test
Information
DIS-RSV-INFO
:DEV=a, BSC=b;
C9002
Output SCCP Information
DIS-SCCP-INFO
[ :BSC=a];
C5004
Confirm Subcell Data Value
DIS-SCEL-INFO
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a}, SECT=c, FA=d;
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
4-58
User’s Manual
C5001
Confirm Sector Information
DIS-SECT-INFO
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a}, SECT=c;
C5004
Confirm Subcell Data Value
DIS-SCEL-INFO
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a}, CFID=c, SECT=d;
C5003
Confirm Subcell Key
DIS-SCEL-KEY
{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a},SECT=c,CFID=d;
C5001
Confirm Sector Information
DIS-SECT-INFO
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a}, SECT=c;
C5037
Confirm & Output SIP
Configuration
DIS-SIP-CONF
:BSC=a;
C3002
Output SIP Status
DIS-SIP-STS
:BSC=a [,SIP=b];
C6000
Output List about statistic
item
DIS-STAT-ITEM
C6001
Output Activated Statistic
Item
DIS-STAT-JOB
[ :BSC=a];
C3501
Confirm Status Information
DIS-STS-INFO
[ :CODE=a];
C5039
Confirm & Output of SVE
Configuration in SVP
DIS-SVE-CONF
:BSC=a, SIP=b, SVP=c;
COD_ID
Description
Command
Parameter
C3004
Output Vocoder Status
DIS-SVE-STS
:BSC=a, SIP=b [, SVP=c];
C5038
Confirm & Output SVP
Configuration in SIP
DIS-SVP-CONF
:BSC=a, SIP=b;
C3003
Output SVP Status
DIS-SVP-STS
:BSC=a [, SIP=b];
C5087
Output Sync-Channel
Message
DIS-SYNC-MSG
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a}[, SECT=c][, FA=d];
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
4-59
User’s Manual
C5006
Confirm BTS System
Parameter
DIS-SYS-PARA
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a}[, SECT=c][, FA=d];
C5884
Confirm System Version
DIS-SYS-VER
:BSC=a;
C5088
Output System parameter
Message
DIS-SYSPARAMSG
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a}[, SECT=c][, FA=d];
C5015
Confirm Traffic Channel
Parameter
DIS-TC-PARA
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a}, FA=c;
C3105
Output TCE Status
DIS-TCE-STS
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a}, DU=c;
C3404
Confirm TSGA Status
DIS-TSGA-STS
:BSC=a;
C4001
Confirm Test Information
DIS-TST-INFO
:BSC=c;
C2016
Run CCP New PKG
DRV-CCP-SBY
:BSC=a;
C1009
Inhibit Alarm Message output INH-ALM-MSG
C1019
Inhibit Alarm Status output
INH-ALM-STS
C1010
Inhibit Audible Alarm
INH-AUD-ALM
Description
Command
COD_ID
:AN=a;
[ :GRD=a];
Parameter
C6304
Inhibit daily Statistics output
INH-DRPT-MSG
:BSC=a;
C1011
Inhibit Fault Message output
INH-FLT-MSG
:FN=a;
C6303
Inhibit hourly statistics output INH-HRPT-MSG
:BSC=a;
C9013
Inhibit use of LINK
INH-LINK
:BSC=a, LINK=b;
C6305
Inhibit monthly statistics
output
INH-MRPT-MSG
:BSC=a;
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
4-60
User’s Manual
C4402
Inhibit periodic diagnostic
INH-PED-TST
:DEV=a,{BSC=b, BCP=c}/{BTS=b}/{BSC=a, SIP=b};
C3504
Inhibit Status Message
Output
INH-STS-MSG
:CODE=a;
C4302
Inhibit automatic test
INH-TST
:DEV=a,MODE=b,BSC=c;
C2015
Return CCP Old Package
REV-CCP-SBY
:BSC=a;
C5342
Remove NEBR
RMV-NEBR
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a},SECT=c,FA=d,NBRPN=e;
C2002
Loading Partial Block
RPL-LDNG-BLK
:{BSC=a [, BCP=b]/[, SIP=b]}/{BTS=c}, BLKTYPE=d, BLKNAME=e,
VERSION=f;
C2009
Restart BTS CARD
RST-BTS-CARD
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a} [, Param];
C2011
Restart CCP
RST-CCP-PRC
:CCP=a;
C2013
Start CCP Standby Loading
RST-CCP-SBY
:BSC=a, VERSION=b;
C2001
Restart function of Processor RST-LDNG-PRC
COD_ID
Description
:{BSC=a,PROC=b[,{ACP=c}/{SIP=c ,SVP=d
[,SVE=e]]/{BCP=f}]}}/{BTS=a, PROC=b} , SIDE=c, LEVEL=d;
Command
Parameter
C6217
Stop Collection of Statistics STOP-DATA-COLL :BSC=a;
C6201
Stop statistic job on going
STOP-STAT-JOB
:BSC=a, JOB=b, MPRD=c ;
C4505
Stop TEST CALL
STOP-TEST-CALL
MIN=a;
C4202
Stop Diagnostic
STOP-TST
:DEV=a, {BSC=b, BCP=c}/{BTS=b},SIP=d;
C6117
Start Statistic Collection
STRT-DATA-COLL :BSC=a;
C6110
Start Alarm Statistics
STRT-STAT-ALM
:BSC=a [, BCP=b], ITEM=c, MPRD=d, MTIM=e;
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
4-61
User’s Manual
C6118
Start CAI Statistics
STRT-STAT-CAI
:BSC=a [, BCP=b], MPRD=c, MTIM=d;
C6104
Start Channel Element
Statistic Item
STRT-STAT-CE
:BSC=a [, BCP=b], MPRD=c, MTIM=d;
C6109
Start Fault Statistics
STRT-STAT-FLM
:BSC=a [, BCP=b], ITEM=c, MPRD=d, MTIM=e;
C6103
Start Handoff Statistics item STRT-STAT-HDOF :BSC=a [, BCP=b], ITEM=c, MPRD=d, MTIM=e;
C6106
Start Link statistics item
STRT-STAT-LINK
:BSC=a [, BCP=b], MPRD=c, MTIM=d ;
C6113
Start LR Statistics item
STRT-STAT-LR
:BSC=a, MPRD=b, MTIM=c;
C6121
Start No.7 MTP Statistics
item
STRT-STAT-MTP
:BSC=a, ITEM=b, MPRD=c, MTIM=e;
C6112
Start Paging statistics item
STRT-STAT-PAG
:BSC=a [, BCP=b], MPRD=c, MTIM=d ;
C6111
Start BTS performance
statistics item
STRT-STAT-PERF :BSC=a, BCP=b, MPRD=c, MTIM=d;
COD_ID
Description
Command
Parameter
C6108
Start Processor statistics
item
STRT-STAT-PRC
:BSC=a [, BCP=b][, SIP=c], ITEM=d, MPRD=e,MTIM=f;
C6107
Start RF Statistics item
STRT-STAT-RF
:BSC=a [, BCP=b], MPRD=c, MTIM=d;
C6120
Start RF Fault Statistics
item
STRT-STAT -RFF :BSC=a [, BCP=b], MPRD=c, MTIM=d;
C6122
Start NO.7 SCCP Statistics STRT-STATitem
SCCP
C6102
Start Traffic Statistics item STRT-STAT-TRAF :BSC=a [, BCP=b], ITEM = c, MPRD=d, MTIM=e;
:BSC=a [, BCP=b], MPRD=c, MTIM=d;
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
4-62
User’s Manual
C6105
Start Vocoder Statistics
item
STRT-STAT-VOC :BSC=b [, SIP=c], MPRD=e, MTIM=f;
C4504
Allow Reserved Test
STRT-TEST-CALL :MIN=a, CALLTYPE=b, DATATYPE=c;
C4201
Start Reverse Device Test STRT-TST
:DEV=a, {BSC=b, BCP=c}/{BTS=b}, DEVID=c, STIM=d, LEVEL=e, TERM=f,
COUNT=g;
C3210
Switch HICA Processor
SWI-HICA-PRC
:PROC=a {, BSC=b, BCP=c}/{BTS=c};
C2012
Switch BTS RFC
SWT-PRC
:BSC=a,PROC=b,BCP=c,BTS=d,DU=e;
C3410
Switch TFSA
SWT-TFSA
:SWITYPE=a,TFSAID=b,ONOFF=c;
C4511
Start BCP CALL
TEST-BCP-CALL
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a},FLAG=c,SECT=d,FA=e,CALLNUM=f,GAIN=g;
C4102
Test BTS Link
TST-BLNK
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a}, LINK=c, LEVEL=d, CNT=e, TERM=f;
C4701
Test BLNK BER
TST-BLNK-BER
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a}, LINK=c,TERM=d;
COD_ID
Description
Command
Parameter
C4104
Test each CE Device
TST-CE
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a}, DUID=c, CDCA=d, SUNNODE=f, LEVEL=g,
CNT=h;;
C4105
Test HRNA
TST-HRNA
:DEV=a, {BSC=b, BCP=c}/{BTS=bts}, HRNA=d, NODE=e;
C4103
Test each Vocoder
Device
TST-SVE
:BSC=a, SIP=b, SVP=c, SVE=d, LEVEL=e;
C5510
Unblock blocked AMP
UBLK-AMP
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a}, SECT=c, FA=d;
C5505
Unblock blocked BLINK
UBLK-BLNK
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a}, LINK=c;
C5500
Unblock blocked BTS
UBLK-BTS
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a};
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
4-63
User’s Manual
C5586
Unblock blocked CCC
UBLK-CCC
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a}, DU=c, SLOT=d;
C5585
Unblock blocked CE
UBLK-CE
:{BSC=a, BCP=b}/{BTS=a}, DU=c, SLOT=d, SNODE=e;
C5537
Unblock blocked SIP
UBLK-SIP
:BSC=a,SIP=b;
C5539
Unblock blocked SVE
UBLK-SVE
:BSC=a,SIP=b,SVP=c,SVE=d;
C5538
Unblock blocked SVP
UBLK-SVP
:BSC=a,SIP=b,SVP=c;
C9014
Uninhibit LINK restriction UINH-LINK
:BSC=a, LINK=b;
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
4-64
User’s Manual
4.5 Acronym
ACPA
Alarm Control Processor Assembly
BABB
BSC Alarm BackBoard
CCBB
Call Control processor block Back Board
CCP
Call Control Processor
CHBB
Cin High performance IPC Back Board
CIFA
Cin Interface Function board Assembly
CIN
CKBB
CKD
COMR
CSB
CDMA Interconnection Network
CKd Back Board
ClocK Distributor
COMmon Rack
Common channel Signaling Block
GUBB
GPS Unit Back Board
HICA
High performance IPC Control board Assembly
HNTA
High performance IPC Node & T1 Trunk interface Assembly
HPU
High Power amplification Unit
HRNA
High-performance IPC Routing Node Assembly
LCIN
Local CIN
MCDA
Main Control Duplication board Assembly
MSC
Mobile Switching Center
TFDA
Time & Frequency Distribution Assembly
TFSA
Time & Frequency Split Assembly
TSBB
Transcoding Selector bank Back Board
TSGA
Time & frequency Splitting Generation Assembly
VSIA
Vocoder Selector Interface Assembly
VSOA
Vocoder Selector Operation Assembly
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
4- 65
User’s Manual
Chapter 5 Micro-BTS Basics
5.1 System Overview and Specification
5.1.1 Overview
This document describes the Micro-BTS to be operated in CDMA system that is used
800MHz and 1.9GHz frequency band. It is located between base station controller (BSC)
and Mobile station (MS). Through RF interface, it executes the radio interface between MS
and BTS and also executes the wire-line interface between BTS and BSC. It directly
interfaces with BSC in packet mode.
Connected and operated through T1, Micro-BTS configures the radio communication
channel with MS smoothly in real time to execute (1) call handling function, (2) radio
resources management function and (3) digital unit (DU) block call control processor
function. They are modularized for each function according to the operation and
maintenance function to detect and recover faults generated in BTS
5.1.2 Functions
(1) Radio resource management, Packet Routing, Fault Detection, Collection and report
of statistics information
• Assignment and management for CDMA frequency, channel, frame off-set resource
• Routing traffic and control information from BTS to BSC
• Routing traffic and control information received from BSC to DU, BMP
• Monitoring error in BTS and reporting it to BSM
• Collecting call processing statistics information and reporting it to BSM
• Reporting hardware alarm in BTS
(2) Call processing function
• Normal call (originated / terminated call)
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
5-1
User’s Manual
• Softer handoff call
• Soft handoff call
• Hard handoff call
(3) System time information management between BTS and MS
• Receiving GPS time information and management
• Providing system time information to BTS and MS
(4) Power control for forward / reverse link
(5) Transmitting and Receiving of radio signal
• Channel assignment : Pilot channel, Sync channel, Access channel, Paging channel,
Traffic channel
(6) Alarm
• CDCA
: Deletion, Func_Fail
• STFU
: Deletion, Func_Fail
• BICA
: Deletion, Func_Fail
• AIU
: IDU-Fail(M&C Fail)
• RFU
: SYNU_Fail, UPCU_Fail or UCVU_Fail (800MHz), DNCU_Fail
• RRU
: IDU Fail, HPA Fail, LNA Fail, etc. (Reporting alarm information collected
in IDU to BMP via serial path)
• RPU
: RPU Fail, environmental alarm information, etc.
( Reporting alarm information to BMP via RS-232 port )
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
5-2
User’s Manual
5.1.3 System Specification
Specifications of Micro-BTS are as follows.
Item
Specifications
Transmitter Frequency
Remarks
1.965 ~ 1.970GHz Frequency Bandwidth
(and 800MHz band)
Receiver Frequency
1.885 ~ 1.890GHz
(and 800MHz band)
CDMA Channel number
1FA
(FA number)
FA number according to
frequency bandwidth
Sector number
1FA/3Sec. or 3FA/OMNI
Total Channel Elements
72
4 channel cards/cabinet
Channel Element number/ Card
18
CSM
Trunk number
1 T1 / 1 Cabinet
Output Power
RRU : 10W
AAU : 8W
Table 5.1 Specifications of Micro-BTS
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
5-3
User’s Manual
5.2 Micro-BTS Structure and Configuration
5.2.1 Micro-BTS Structure
Figure 5.1 Micro-BTS Block Diagram
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
5-4
User’s Manual
5.2.2 Micro-BTS Block Configuration
Figure 5.2 Micro-BTS Block Diagram
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
5-5
User’s Manual
5.3 H/W Structure and Function
The devices consisting BTS are BMP, DU, TFU, XCVU, AIU-RRU(AIDU-ARM), and RPU.
5.3.1 BMP (BTS Main Processor)
BMP Block is the top controlling part which operates, and manages BTS overall. It
performs overall call processing and its maintenance, and controls the sub-processor,
TFU, DU, XCVU, RRU. BMP H/W consists of CPU(MPC860) and Packet Router, HLTA
Module, Alarm collector, and it connects with BSC through HLTA-B1.(Refer to figure 5.3
and figure 5.4)
STFU
BMPA-B1
XCVU
HLTA-B1
BSC
DU
Figure 5.3 External Connection Diagram of BMP
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
5-6
User’s Manual
Figure 5.4 Block Diagram of BMP
5.3.1.1 BMPA-B1 (BTS Main Processor Assembly-B1)
BMPA-B1 consists of CPU (MPC860) and Packet Router, Alarm collector, and it connects
with BSC through HLTA-B1. BMPA-B1 processes call setup, call release, recovery from
malfunctioning, and maintenance, it reports the related data to CCP of BSC, and it controls
every unit in BTS by the command of CCP. As for capacity, it supports 1-FA (1-FA is
configured up to 3-sector).
4 SCC and 2 SMC around MCP 860, CPU of BMPA, carries out node function for
communication between the units and status management of Micro-BTS.
BMPA collects control and status information of RRU via SCC4 which provides
communication channel with AIDU, and receives status and environmental alarm
information in RPU ( Rectifier Power Unit ) via SCC3.
SCC1 is used as the communication path with BMPA-B1, which is equipped in 2nd
cabinet. TOD from STFU is also provided via SMC1.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
5-7
User’s Manual
Clocks for Micro-BTS, SYS_CLK, EVEN_SEC are provided from STFU -B1and distributed
to each unit in Micro-BTS.
BMPA-B1 has the self-diagnosis function for each module, transmission and receiving
power measurement function and TPTL function and also carries out the trunk interface
function for E1/T1, main processor function and arbitration master function among the
channel cards. And BMPA-B1 generates 19.8MHz clock in order to provide 4.95MHz clock
which is necessary to carry out baseband IF QPSK. In addition, BMPA-B1 takes charge of
the role of the backboard in which CDCA-B1, BICA-B1, HNTA-B1 can be equipped.
One BMPA-B1 is designed to support 1FA/3Sector/1st cabinet. In case of expansion to
2FA/3Sector, another BMPA-B1 in the second cabinet is required and each status of 2nd
cabinet is reported to BMPA-B1 of first cabinet via SCC.
5.3.1.2 HLTA-B1 (High performance IPC Link T1 Board Assembly-B1)
HLTA-B1 contains 1 T1 trunk interface and 1 Modem interface, and if it has two main
functions. The first is to perform the function of trunk line interface to mutually connect
BMPA-B1 with BSC through digital trunk. The second is to perform the function of Modem
line interface to mutually connect BMPA-B1 with BSM of BSC through Telephone line.
Modem is optional and is used as a sub-path for status monitoring of BTS only when trunk
is abnormal.
Trunk interface of HLTA-B1 is connected serially with two twisted pair trunk cables, and It
can recover signals up to 36dB cable attenuation (long-haul). A user can control
transmitter pulse shape and receiver equalizer at various trunk cable lengths with the strap
JP1. BMPA-B1 controls HLTA-B1 with extended CPU buses.
5.3.2 DU (Digital Unit)
DU is functionally located between XCVU and BMP, and consists of CDCA-B1 and BICAB1. CDCA-B1 performs digital signal processing for CDMA modulation and demodulation.
BICA-B1 is functionally located between CDCA-B1 and XCVU, and provides digital
interface to CDCA-B1, and 4.95MHz IF interface to XCVU. BMPA-B1 transmits and
receives packets of DU to/from HLTA-B1, and collects the conditions of DU. Power module
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
5-8
User’s Manual
provides power to these boards. The signal flow diagram in DU is as follows. ( Refer to
Figure 5.5)
CLK
HDLC
CDCA-B1
BMPA-B1
HDLC
CLK from
STFU
STATUS
Rx DATA
SAMPLE
Tx DATA
STREAM
Tx DATA cntl
STATUS
To/from
XCVU
HDLC
CNTL
STATUS
To/from
HLE(T)A
CLK
BICA-B1
DU
Figure 5.5 Signal flow diagram in DU
5.3.2.1 CDCA-B1 ( CDMA Digital channel Card Assembly-B1 )
CDCA-B1 is located in the digital unit, and its main function is the CDMA digital modulation
and demodulation for processing calls from/to MS (Mobile Station). CDCA-B1 outputs
CSM output to BICA-B1 for forward link, and receives 4-bit digital samples of each I and Q
channel from BICA-B1 for reverse link. CDCA-B1 interfaces BSC via BMPA-B1 and HLTAB1 to exchange data for traffic and control information.
• Main components of CDCA
Processor
Cell site modem
: i960
: CSM
Interface with BMPA : RS-485
Memory size
: 2M Byte ( SRAM )
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
5-9
User’s Manual
¥á,¥â,¥ã
0~3
TX/RX DATA ¥á,¥â,¥ã(I,Q)
CDCA-B1
XCVU
BICA-B1
Status/Control
DATA,
CLK(+,-)
Alarm
AGC
EVEN_SEC
SYS_CLK
EVEN_SEC
SYS_CLK
HLTA-B1
DPRAM
HDLC
SCC
Trunk I/F
CPU
Packet
Router
BSC
Status/Control
SCC
TOD
BMPA-B1
T1
STFU-B1
10MHz
DPRAM
XCVU
SYS_CLK,
EVEN_SEC, 10MHz
Figure 5.6 DU and external interface diagram
5.3.2.2 BICA-B1 ( Base-band & IF Conversion Card Assembly-B1 )
BICA-B1 is located in the digital unit. For the reverse link, 6 IF signals are inputted from
XCVU. Those 6 IF signals are inserted to the corresponding BICA-B1, and IF signals are
passed to BPF’s (band pass filter) centered at IF frequency, and the received signal is
automatic-gain-controlled to produce a fixed level of received power. Mixers in BICA-B1
uses 4.95 MHz (0&90 degrees) reference frequency to produce the baseband signals of in
phase (I) and quadrature (Q) components. The I and Q baseband components are
transformed to 4-bit digital samples at a rate of 9.8304 MHz. And the I digital samples for
one antenna are multiplexed with the I digital samples for the other antenna, and the Q
digital samples for one antenna are multiplexed with the Q digital samples for the other
antenna. So the multiplexed samples are inputted to CDCA-B1 at a rate of 19.6608MHz.
The AGC values are reported to BMPA-B1.
For the forward link, BICA-B1 accepts and digitally combines even and odd streams of I
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
5-10
User’s Manual
and Q from up to 4-CDCA-B1, and converts the combined digital signal to analog through
DAC (digital to analog conversion), modulates base-band (0~630 kHz) signal to a IF (4.95
MHz) QPSK signal, and transmits the IF signal to the corresponding XCVU. One BICA-B1
covers only one sector. BICA-B1 can report parity errors to the corresponding CDCA-B1.
5.3.3 TFU (Time & Frequency Unit )
The main purpose of TFU is to synchronize time and frequency between whole BTS’s and
between all the units in a BTS. Following figure is a block diagram of TFU ( Refer to Figure
5.7)
Satellites
Signal
GPS
Arrester
Satellites Singal
Control Signal(RS-232C)
STFU-B1
GPS
Antenna
PC
10MHz, 19.6608MHz, PP2S(Differential PECL)
TOD(RS-232C)
BMPA-B1
10MHz(Sinewave)
10MHz(Sinewave)
Figure 5.7 TFU-A1 Block Diagram
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
5-11
SYNU-B1
User’s Manual
5.3.3.1 STFU-B1(Synchronized Time & Frequency Unit - B1)
The STFU-B1 is a GPS disciplined time and frequency generator. The instrument is a
combination of a Stratum 1 level Primary Frequency Source and a Distribution System,
which provides 10MHz, 19.6608MHz, 1PPS , PP2S and TOD(Time Of Day).
The STFU-B1 communicate with BMPA-B1 to monitor and to transmit the TOD by means
of RS-232C serial communication.
5.3.4 RFU (Radio Frequency Unit)
RF part of Micro-BTS consists of XCVU and Ant Subsystem(AIU-RRU, AIDU-AAU).
XCVU consists of SYNU, UPCU, DNCU, LODU and XVBB. SYNU (Synthesizer Unit)
provides reference frequency to RFU. UPCU (Up Conversion Unit) carries out up
conversion which converts IF signal to RF signal on forward link and DNCU (Down
Conversion Unit) carries out down conversion which converts RF signal to IF signal on
reverse link. LODU takes charge of distribution of local signal and XVBB takes charge of
interconnection of each module.
RFU consists of AIU and RRU. AIU is connected to RRU with the cable and monitors the
status and alarm of RRU, controls RRU. RRU is composed of High Power Amplifier on
forward link, Low Noise Amplifier on reverse link and BPF (Band Pass Filter). In
accordance with field application, type of the antenna (internal antenna or external
antenna), type of the amplifier, and the application of RRU is determined.
There are two types of the each module in the manual, one is used for 800MHz and the
other is used for 1.9GHz described by the suffix of “-B1”. The difference of both is only the
operation band, they play a same roles.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
5-12
User’s Manual
From/To BMPA-B1
Control signal
Status Signal
Fault Signal
XCVU
RF Band
CDMA Signal
From
/TO
AIU
(or
IDU)
Overhead
Signal
RX Signal
( 0, 1 )
Connector
Connector
Connector
4.95MHz
CDMA Signal
RF-Local, IF-Local Signal
CON
UPCU
CON
CON
CON
DNCU
(0)
DNCU
(1)
LODU
XVBB-B1
SYNU
Overhead
Signal
RX Signal
( 0, 1 )
From
/TO
BICA
-B1
Power
Alarm Signal, Control Signal
Alarm Signal, Control Signal, Power
RPU
Power(DC 27V/ ¡¾15V /12V
10MHz(REF, Clock)
From
STFU
-B1
Figure 5.8 XCVU block diagram
5.3.4.1 XCVU(Transceiver Unit)
5.3.4.1.1 DNCU (Down Conversion Unit)
DNCU carries out first down-conversion of input RF signal from RRU using RF-Local
signal of SYNU and carries out second frequency down-conversion to 4.95MHz by using
RXIF-Local signal of SYNU after characteristic improvement to CDMA band signal via the
SAW filter. This 4.95MHz signal is transferred to digital signal processing part.
DNCU is designed to get fixed output power that is not changed by acquisition of input
signal by using AGC Loop.
5.3.4.1.2 UPCU (Up Conversion Unit)
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
5-13
User’s Manual
UPCU carries out first frequency up-conversion of 4.95MHz IF signal from digital signal
part using TXIF-Local signal of SYNU and carries out second frequency up-conversion to
required frequency band using RF-Local of SYNU after characteristic improvement to
CDMA band signal using the SAW filter. Up-converted second signal is transferred to
RRU.
5.3.4.1.3 SYNU (Synthesizer Unit)
SYNU consists of RF-Local, TXIF-PLL, and RXIF-PLL and generates RF-Local signal
whose output frequency is changed in accordance with the assigned channel, TXIF-Local
signal, and RXIF-Local signal based on 10MHz sine wave of GPS receiver. The generated
RF-Local signal, TXIF-Local signal and RXIF-Local signal are transferred to DNCU,
UPCU.
5.3.4.1.4 LODU (Local Oscillator Distributor)
LODU distributes RF Local signal, TXIF-Local signal and RXIF-Local signal generated by
SYNU to UPCU and DNCU and is equipped in XCVU as one module type.
5.3.4.1.5 XVBB (Transceiver Back Board)
XVBB takes charge of distribution of alarm and control signal between DU and XCVU and
provides power from power module to AIU and XCVU. And XVBB also transfer alarm and
control signal of RF shelf.
5.3.5 Antenna Subsystem
There are two types of antenna subsystems in Micro-BTS; those can be selectively applied
to as operator’s requirement. Antenna subsystem consists of main module which is
located in antenna tower and interface module which connects with Micro-BTS. Applicable
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
5-14
User’s Manual
antenna subsystems are AAU-AIDU and RRU-AIU. AAU-B1, AIDU-B1, RRU-B1, and AIUB1 is used for 1.9GHz frequency band.
5.3.5.1 RRU-B1 and AIU-B1
5.3.5.1.1 AIU-B1 (Antenna Interface Unit)
AIU-B1 of Micro-BTS is interface part with RRU-B1 and consists of 2 Way Splitter, Bias-T
and Bias-T & Duplexer.
Figure 5.9 RRU-B1 block diagram
AIU-B1 is equipped in the main unit of Micro-BTS and provides interface with RRU-B1. M
& C module in AIU-B1 takes charge of status monitoring and controlling of each RRU-B1.
AIU-B1 contains FSK Modem function that can communicate with RRU-B1 and reports
information about communication result via SCC in BMPA-B1.
2-Way Splitter has two paths used to provide Rx signal. In case of second cabinet
expansion, one path of 2-Way Splitter is connected to the first cabinet that accommodates
first carrier (FA) and the other path of 2-Way Splitter is connected to the second cabinet
that accommodates second carrier (FA). Bias-T that contains arrester function multiplexes
RF signal and DC power, and protects from the lightening.
Duplexer is used to multiplex RF signal, DC power and FSK modem signal for monitoring
and controlling RRU. Duplexer also contains the arrester for the lightening protection.
Monitor & Control Module takes charge of status monitoring and control for 1FA / 3Sector
(three RRU-B1s) and contains FSK Modem for communication with RRU. Communication
with BMP is completed via RS-232 protocol.
5.3.5.1.2 RRU (Remote RF Unit)
The RRU-B1 specifications of Micro-BTS are as the below table.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
5-15
User’s Manual
Item
RRU
Remark
Transmission Power
10W
1 Module
Dimension (H x W x D)
400 x 350 x 150
1 Module
Antenna
External Antenna
Function
Rx Diversity Support
Output power of RRU is 10Watts and it is lower than output power of Macro-BTS.
The coaxial cable is used for interface between the Main Unit. RRU and 3 coaxial cables
which are connected to each sector supporting Rx diversity.
In using external Ant, two Ant. per sector are needed because the antenna of the RRU is
duplex type.
BMP in Main Unit can control all of status in RRU-B1 and it is useful for operation and
maintenance of Remote Module.
5.3.5.2 AAU-B1 and AIDU-B1 (1.9GHz)1
5.3.5.2.1 AAU-B1 (Active Antenna Unit)
AAU-B1 consists of integrated RF/antenna modules (ARM units) grouped in radiating
arrays for transmit and receive. The whole RF/antenna array for the base station is towermounted and consisted of four ARM units and an array of four antenna groups. Each ARM
is self contained and controllable by its internal micro-controller.
AAU and AIDU is used for 800MHz frequency band and they play a same roles with AAUB1 and AIDU-B1.
(1) AAU-B1 Block Diagram
In 800MHz band, AAU and AIDU are used.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
5-16
User’s Manual
Combiner
ARM
Combiner
Antenna
BPF
BPF
BPF
BPF
BPF
BPF
BPF
BPF
RX_0 RX_1
TX
Figure 5.10 AAU-B1 Block Diagram
(2) AAU-B1 Specification
1) Tx Channel
Frequency Range : 1960 ~ 1990 MHz
Gain
: 52 dB (including the antenna gain : 13 dBi,
each ARM Tx gain : 33 dB 4)
EIRP
: 22 dBW
Polarization
: Vertical
Hor. Beamwidth
: 85.6
El. Beamwidth
: 14.08
2) Rx Channel
Frequency Range : 1880 ~ 1910 MHz
Gain
: 49 dB (including the antenna gain : 13 dBi,
each ARM Tx gain : 30 dB 4)
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
5-17
User’s Manual
Polarization
: Dual slant linear
Hor. Beamwidth
: 87.4
El. Beamwidth
: 14.25
5.3.5.2.2 AIDU-B1 (Active antenna InDoor Unit )
AIDU-B1 is a indoor control unit and interfaces the AAU-B1 with the BTS. It relays the Tx
and Rx signals, provides DC power to the ARM units, and communicates with AAU-B1 for
the monitoring and control purposes.
The unit consists of 3 Bias-T blocks and controller. Each Bias-T block includes three BiasT circuits one for Tx and the others for Rx. Tx Bias-T circuit multiplexes RF signals with
DC voltage between the ARM units and AIDU-B1. It includes the 30dB gain amplifier
possible to control gain of 15dB. Rx Bias-T circuit multiplexes RF signal with low frequency
signaling between the ARM units and AIDU-B1. It includes the 15dB gain amplifier
possible to control gain of 15dB.
The controller provides the following functions:
(1) Communication with the ARM
(2) Monitoring of the ARM units and radiating arrays status
(3) Communication with BMPA-B1
(4) Saving of system configuration
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
5-18
User’s Manual
5.3.6 BTU (Micro-BTS Test Unit)
The functions of BTU are measurement of transmission/receiving power level,
measurement of VSWR and measurement of TPTL, etc. And these functions are carried
out in RRU. Status data and alarm signal in RRU is transferred to AIU via modem, and the
collected alarm signal in AIU is reported to BMP with RS-485 protocol and processed.
AIU
RRU-B1
Duplexer
HPA
Arrester
& Duplexer
BPF
Modem
Frequency
Processor
Modem
M&C
BMPA-B1
Figure 5.11 BTU block diagram
The functions of BTU are as follows
(1) Measurement of transmission power level
This function is carried out by measuring output voltage value for signal strength at the
alarm output terminal of HPA Monitor in RRU. Measured value is transferred from RRU
to BMP in Main Unit via the modem and linear voltage value can be checked in BSM by
user.
(2) Measurement of receiving power level
This function is carried out by measuring receiving signal level value while monitoring
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
5-19
User’s Manual
RSSI value in DNCU of XCVU.
Measured value is transferred to BMP of Main Unit and can be checked in BSM by user.
(3) Measurement of VSWR
User can recognize Fail or Normal by comparing signal strength value of reflected
power at the alarm output terminal of HPA monitor in RRU. Measured value is
transferred from RRU to BMP of Main Unit via the modem. User can check HPA status
in BSM.
(4) Measurement of TPTL ( Transmitter Power Tracking Loop )
This function is carried out by controlling transmission power gain at variable ATT in
front of HPA in RRU.
This function is operated by S/W and every status is reported to BMP.
User can check status in BSM.
5.3.7 RPU
RPU-B1 is a power supply for Micro-BTS. It has various DC outputs needed for each units
at MICRO-BTS. It has power status monitoring and report function. It has also battery
back-up function.
RPU-B1 can be connected with external power supply (RPU-B2) when output capacity
expansion is needed. RPU-B2 is 27V single output AC/DC converter. When RPU-B2 is
connected to RPU-B1, they have load balance function.
RPU-B1 has 3 switches – AC input ON/OFF, RPU-B2 input ON/OFF, and DC outputs
ON/OFF.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
5-20
User’s Manual
5.4 S/W Structure and Function
5.4.1 Overview
Micro-BTS Software, which is designed for the purpose of maximum reliability and
efficiency in order to provide operation & Maintenance function and smooth interfaces
between BSC and MS, complies to the air interface specifications with MS.
Micro-BTS Software has Call processing function and Operation & Maintenance function.
When the system allocates Overhead (Sync, Pilot, Access, Paging) channel and Traffic
channel, Call processing function provides the Algorithm which support inter-channel
Redundancy concept using duplication and inter-channel common ownership. It should
provide effective Call flow with adjacent BSCs and support Variable packet size for Traffic
packet.
Micro-BTS operation and Maintenance function performs generally Loading, Diagnostic,
Alarm, Status, Resource management etc. And it supports the Software which improve the
system reliability through removal of critical trouble factors. So the system uses the
resource efficiently.
As Micro-BTS Software should perform multiple call processing simultaneously, it
executes on the Operating System which supports Real time Multi-Tasking function.
Actual Operating System is applied to Micro-BTS Control Block and Traffic Channel
Processing Block.
The software which is used for Micro-BTS should improve BTS performance and provide
facilities for the Operation and Maintenance.
Figure 5.12 Micro-BTS Software Structure
5.4.2 Basic Functions
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
5-21
User’s Manual
Micro-BTS which is located between Base Station Controller (BSC) and MS, executes the
management of wireless link during incoming/outgoing call processing.
It is a network element performing various functions for wireless Call processing.
Each sub-function in Micro-BTS software is described as the following features.
5.4.2.1 Loading Function
Execution files and data files required by sub-blocks ( BCP, CCC ) of Micro-BTS to
execute their unique functions are managed by CCP of BSC. Upon receiving the loading
request from Micro-BTS system, the CCP transmits the corresponding file to Micro-BTS in
accordance with the prescribed procedure to execute the initialization of the corresponding
processor.
(1) Processor Restart Function
At the time of system installation or when it is impossible to maintain normal services
due to a critical fault in the processor, the processor can be restarted either by Hardware
recovery method (processor reloading by power on/off , reset) of which procedure
begins with supply of primary power supply to the system or by on-demand processor
restart method which is executed in several steps when necessary.
(2) Restart by MMC Command
At the time of Software version change or test, this loading method is used to recover
the processor after processor is drop off by operator with MMC. Loading with MMC
command is divided into Level 0 and Level 1. The operator can select the loading level
according to pertinent data.
• BMP Level 0 Command :
Processor restarts and requests CCP to receive the loading data. At this time, low
level CDCA also restarts and recovers after loading.
• BMP Level 1 Command :
Processor restarts from OS and receives loading block from the channel card. At this
time, low level CDCA also restarts and recovers after loading.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
5-22
User’s Manual
At the time of Software version change or test of the call processing application block,
CCC loading of loading functions is used to restore the system through reloading data
after all processor is drop off. As RFU block consists of Main Unit and Remote Unit, the
operator can recover the card assembly by restarting it with MMC command at the time
of function failures in Main Unit and Remote RF block.
(3) Restart by H/W ( Power, Reset )
• BMP :
When it is impossible to maintain normal services due to a processor fault during
system installation, initialization or operation, it is possible to reload BMPA with power
on-off or reset. This reloading is made by first turning down all the processors in the
system and then recovering them with reloading. When high level processor restarts
to recover its normal state, all low level processors are recovered with reloading.
• CCC :
When it is impossible to maintain normal services due to a processor fault during
initialization of call processing application block, it is possible to reload with power
on/off or reset.
5.4.2.2 Replacing of Application Block
• This is an on-line command function to be applied to a processor of the block in which
a fault occurs during system operation or for which a function is added.
• If the block to be applied is running on a processor, the processor restarts to be
reloaded from its high level processor.
• If the block to be applied is only loaded on a processor but has to be downloaded,
only the block is downloaded from its high level processor.
When it is required to add or delete a block during operation by needs of the operator, it is
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
5-23
User’s Manual
possible to load the specified block to the corresponding block by adding or deleting the
block with MMC command.
5.4.2.3 Diagnostic Function
As Micro-BTS is outdoor type BTS, it is manufactured very firm. So Diagnostic function by
Software is very important in a view of system reliability.
Micro-BTS has various functions including Output Control function (TPTL), Loop Back Call
function, and Diagnostic function of Channel Elements etc..
• BTS Output Control (Transmit Power Tracking Loop, TPTL Adjustment function)
This function measures the final output of BTS for each sector and each FA in order to
tune it to the desired power level. It is used to adjust the radius of cells uniformly in
each sector. It measures and tunes power at the final output end, which allows to
correct errors due to change in the system characteristics (by the influence of
temperature and the like).
• Loop Back Call function
Loop Back call allows the base station to measure the data Tx / Rx performance of
the mobile station. The base station creates traffic packets and transmits them to the
mobile station, and the mobile station delays for calls and then forwards back the
received packets to the base station. Then, the base station compares them with the
original packets to calculate the frame errors.
• Channel Elements diagnostic function
The Micro-BTS continuously requests as many polling messages as requested by the
operator, directly to the channel elements. It compares the number of accepted and
requested to understand the corresponding resource status.
5.4.2.4 Alarm and Fault Control function
This is the function to collect all alarms generated in Micro-BTS and report them to BSM.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
5-24
User’s Manual
Types of faults and alarms detected in Micro-BTS are listed below.
• Main PBA/Unit Function Failure Report
• Processor Fault Report
• Traffic Congestion and Overload Control Fault Report
• Equipment OOS ( Out Of Service ) Alarm Report
• Fan Fault Report
• Temperature, Door Open, Noise Fault report
• Rectifier Fault Report
• Input Power Fault Report
• System Clock Part Fault Report
• System RF Part Fault report
• Channel Element Fault report
5.4.2.5 Status Management function
The Status management function of a Micro-BTS includes Overload Control Function,
Overhead CE Status Control Function, Traffic CE Status Control Function, Traffic / Control
Link Status Control Function, Subcell Control Function, STFU Status Control Function,
RFU Status Control Function, RRU Status Control Function, and Automatic Blocking
Function etc.
• Overload control
The Overload control is the function to prevent Micro-BTS resources from shifting into
abnormal status by interrupting call services in advance. The abnormal status means
two situations : in one case that the BMP is overloaded in its processing capacity and
shifts into a state of being unable to provide call services ; and in the other case that
handoff of existing calls cannot be made and subsequently the call services are
interrupted as all the resources of TCE (Traffic Channel Element) are already
allocated to newly made calls. Overload control is to prevent in advance these
situations from arising.
• Overhead CE status control
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
5-25
User’s Manual
Micro-BTS manages the status of overhead CEs (Pilot/Sync channel element, Paging
channel element and Access channel element). It always monitors whether the current
overhead CEs are normal or not, and informs the BSM when a fault occurs in an
overhead CE. In the case where the overhead CE is duplicated, the standby overhead
CE is activated to continue the call service. If it is not duplicated as active/standby
CEs, Micro-BTS makes the current traffic CE replace the faulty overhead CEs to
continue the call service.
• Traffic CE status control
Micro-BTS has the function to monitor the status of CEs activated as traffic CEs and to
manage the status as common data. When a fault occurs in a traffic CE and interrupts
the call service, Traffic CE status control prevents calls from being allocated to that
traffic CE so that call service is not interrupted. It also executes the audit function to
monitor call service status of entire traffic CEs and maintain the accurate traffic CE
status at all times. In order to prevent situations where call service to a certain traffic
CE is not possible because the traffic CE is thought to be setting up a call though it is
actually not in the call setup stage and normal call release becomes impossible owing
to some unavoidable reasons.
• Traffic / Control Link status control
This is the function by which Micro-BTS manages the Traffic Link and Control Link
status as the common data so as to allow communication between Micro-BTS and
BSC. It manages the channel status so that the Micro-BTS and BSC can interchange
call data and control signals. It always provides information of available links.
• Subcell control
When a MS to be serviced by the subcell is not provided with the call service, system
sends the fault information on the subcell to the MS so that it can be always provided
with the call service by using the call services of other subcells.
• STFU status control
STFU generates the time and clock required for Micro-BTS and provides peripheral
devices with the clock. It provides the TOD to BMP and the BMP broadcasts the
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
5-26
User’s Manual
received TOD information to each device which need TOD information. STFU
monitors a GPS status and then report them to BSM.
• RFU status control
RFU is the part which observe all status of Input / Output in Micro-BTS, and Micro-BTS
monitors the status of UPCU, DNCU, SYNU, AIU. When a fault is detected in any of
them, it reports the fault occurrence to the BSM.
• RRU status control
This is the part which monitors all the status of RRU. It monitors the status of RRU
through AIU in Main Unit. When a fault is detected, it reports the fault occurrence to
the BSM.
• Micro-BTS Automatic blocking
MS acquires the pilot transmitted from Micro-BTS to initialize the MS data and
requests the call services from the Micro-BTS to which it belongs. If this time, all
communication channels connected to BSC are out of service, it is impossible to
make any call service. However, as all status are normal, Micro-BTS continuously
transmits the pilot and MS initializes its data with this pilot and requests the call
service. In this case, Micro-BTS should not transmit the pilot so that the MS may not
request the call service with its pilot. Micro-BTS automatic blocking is the function by
which it controls the communication channel status and does not transmit its pilot
when a fault is detected in the channel. This function is also applied to the case when
a fault occurs in BSC. When Micro-BTS status is normal but BSC to which it belongs
has a fault, MS cannot be provided with the call service and thus, the Micro-BTS
should not transmit its pilot to the MS.
5.4.2.6 Resource Management Function
The resource management of a Micro-BTS includes Configuration information and
Operation information Display function, Blocking function, Unblocking function, Operation
Information changing Function, Neighbor add/delete function, and FA extend/delete
function.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
5-27
User’s Manual
• Configuration Information and Operation Information Display
Micro-BTS displays the current configuration and operation information to the operator.
BSM sends the configuration and operation information about the corresponding
Micro-BTS, and the Micro-BTS displays the information on the BMP monitor.
• Blocking Function
The Micro-BTS has the function to block the configuration information required for all
processing using MMC command. When the configuration information is blocked, the
Micro-BTS excludes the corresponding resources from the call allocation resources
and does not allocate any call to the resource. Objects that may be blocked are
CDCA, traffic channel elements, paging channel elements, access channel elements
and pilot/sync channel elements. When blocked, the corresponding resource is
excluded from the call allocation resources. It is a principle to block one resource with
one command but it is also possible to set the range of blocking if necessary.
• Unblocking Function
When a resource required for call processing is blocked, the Micro-BTS can unblock the
resource using MMC command. Objects that may be unblocked are CDCA, traffic
channel elements, paging channel elements, access channel elements and pilot /
sync channel elements, as in blocking. Once unblocked, the resource which has been
excluded from call allocation resources can be allocated as a call resource again. It is
a principle to unblock one block with one command but it is also possible to set the
range of unblocking if necessary.
• Function to change Operation Information.
Micro-BTS has the function by which the operator changes every data related to call
processing and operation, and maintenance. The call processing related data includes
the parameters related to handoff, and the operation and maintenance related data
includes parameters related to overload control.
• Function to Add / Delete Neighbor
The operator can delete or add the list of neighbors required for Micro-BTS to execute
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
5-28
User’s Manual
the handoff function. On the basis of this neighbor data, Micro-BTS executes
handoffs.
• Function to Extend / Delete FA
It is possible to extend or reduce FA on demand by the operator. All of the
configurations corresponding to the extended FA are activated to be the objects of call
processing and alarm processing, and such operation and maintenance functions as
status control, loading and diagnostics, while the configurations corresponding to the
deleted FA are inactivated to be excluded from the objects of call processing and
alarm processing, and such operation and maintenance functions as status control,
loading and diagnostics.
5.4.2.7 MS Call processing Function
The software function of Micro-BTS is designed to support subscriber requirement which is
processed based on the request of terminal as well as to provide functions which are
processed based on the Micro-BTS requirement.
This function includes MS originating call function, MS terminating Call function, Softer
Handoff function, Soft handoff function, Inter-FA Hard Handoff function, Frame Offset Hard
handoff function, Registration function, Order function, Feature Notification Service
function, Data Burst Service function, Authentication service processing function, call
Processing Simulation function, Overhead channel function, and Power Management
Processing function.
• MS Originating Call Function
When a MS requests Micro-BTS for an originating call, the Micro-BTS sets up a traffic
channel, specifies the resources allocated at the Micro-BTS to the MS to execute the
call processing function of the Micro-BTS and MS, and requests BSC to set up the
call.
• MS Terminating Call Function
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
5-29
User’s Manual
Micro-BTS sends a paging message to a MS to call the MS. When the MS requests the
Micro-BTS for a terminating call, the Micro-BTS sets up a traffic channel, specifies the
resources allocated at the Micro-BTS to the MS to execute the call processing
function of the Micro-BTS and MS, and requests BSC to set up the call.
• Softer Handoff Function
When a MS requests Micro-BTS for ‘softer add’, ‘softer drop’, or ‘softer swap’ function,
the Micro-BTS resets the corresponding resource so that the MS can execute the
handoff function.
• Soft Handoff Function
When a BSC requests Micro-BTS for ‘soft add’, ‘soft drop’, or ‘soft swap’, the Micro-BTS
allocates the corresponding resource so that the MS can set up/release the
corresponding traffic, and transmits the resource allocated at the time of handoff to the
BSC.
• Inter-FA Hard Handoff Function
When a BSC requests for ‘soft add’, if the corresponding traffic resources are all busy,
Micro-BTS sets up a traffic corresponding to another RF and transmit it to the BSC to
proceed with the call processing. In the case of Micro-BTS in which a dummy pilot or
common pilot is set up, BSC executes inter-FA handoff for the corresponding MS.
• Frame Offset Hard Handoff Function
When a BSC requests for ‘soft add’ and the corresponding frame offset resources are all
busy, Micro-BTS allocates other frame offset resources and transmits those frame
offset resources to the BSC so that the BSC can execute the frame offset hard
handoff.
• Registration Function
Upon registration request from MS, Micro-BTS transmits BS_Ack_Order to stop
transmission from the MS and transmits the registration message of MS ( power up,
power down, timer base, zone base, parameter change, order, etc.) to BSC.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
5-30
User’s Manual
• Order Function
Micro-BTS executes such functions for the corresponding MSs as ‘BS_Ack_Order’, the
command to stop transmission from MS; ‘Lock Until Power Cycle Order’, the
command to release MS call; ‘Release Order’, the registration commands;
Registration Reject / Accept / Request Order.
• Feature Notification Service Function
Micro-BTS executes such function for the corresponding MSs as Display, Called Party
Number, Calling Party Number, Signal and Message Waiting.
• Data Burst Service Function
Micro-BTS executes the function to transmit and receive Data Burst messages to and
from the corresponding MSs.
• Authentication Service Processing Function
Micro-BTS specifies the settings required for MS to execute authentication, and
executes Authentication Challenge and SSD Update functions by interworking with
MSC so that the MS can execute authentication.
• Call Processing Simulation Function
Micro-BTS executes such simulation functions related to call processing as Markov call,
Auto Markov call and RF test call, and paging performance test and access
performance test.
• Overhead Channel Function
Micro-BTS implements Redundancy Algorithm on Pilot/Sync/Access Channel and
Paging channel. Micro-BTS executes dynamic processing function so that the
overhead channel functions can be normally executed by setting another channel as
an overhead channel when the original overhead channel has a fault and can not
execute its own functions.
• Power Management Processing Function
By interworking with RFU(Radio Frequency Unit), Micro-BTS executes such functions
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
5-31
User’s Manual
as Breathing, Wilting and Blossoming to manage the cell radius of Micro-BTS
depending upon its performance and on demand by the operator.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
5-32
User’s Manual
5.4.2.8 BMP Software Structure
The basic software of Micro-BTS is divided into Call processing function and Operation
and Maintenance function. Micro-BTS is configured with BMP and DU by device.
Primary Processor of the Micro-BTS is configured with Call processing function, System
operation and System maintenance function logically. Generally, System operation
function executes loading, resource management, measurement and statistics, database
access function for the management of configuration and resource which is needed for
Micro-BTS operation.
System maintenance function executes diagnostic function, Status monitoring function,
Fault processing function, etc.
Call processing function which is the main function of the Micro-BTS executes overhead
call processing and manages various handoff. Also it allocates traffic channels directly in
Micro-BTS and release them.
The basic sequence of call processing is followings.
It manages each device and interfaces with a CCP in the BSC for the call processing
procedures so as to control MS originating call (MS→BTS→BSC→MSC) and MS
terminating call (MSC→BSC→BTS→MS). This procedure is called by ‘BTS call control.
When MS requests originating call to BTS, it sends call setup requirement to BCP on
access channel. Then operations related to Originating call starts in BCP (MS→ACE→
BCP).
In case of MS terminating call, MSC receives request for terminating call.
After MSC determines paging area, it sends paging message to BSC. Then CCP in the
BSC transfers the paging message to BCP. Then BCP processes the operations related to
terminating call.
The software structure of BMP is followings.
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
5-33
User’s Manual
TOD
BTS Main Process
Resource
Allocation
Status
Handle
Resource
Management
PLD
Database
Access
CCP
Diagnostic
OS
Measurement
& Stastic
CCC
Call Control
Micro-BTS
Other System
H/W Fault
Management
Loading
Alarm
Control
OS
Figure 5.13 Software structure of BMP
5.4.2.9 Software structure of DU
The traffic resource is determined by the Channel elements of Channel card. The
determined Traffic resource is important factor to determine the channel capacity of a
Micro-BTS.
For DU software structure, Operating System which supports Real time Multitasking, CSM
Driver and Control Message processing are necessary. The Packet which is received from
Packet Router in Main Processor treats all messages and traffic data with call processing
and Routing in Packet control task.
In the CAI Overhead control task, Overhead channel is set up and Sync channel message
and Paging channel message are generated.
Interrupt Handler treats traffic data using Tx / Rx interrupt of various Interrupt related to
CSM.
CSM Management receives configuration data and then initializes CSM.
After it makes resource and measurement/statistics data and sends them to the BMP.
In the forward link, the baseband interface executes common phase modulation /
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
5-34
User’s Manual
demodulation ( I, Q signal ), A/D conversion, IF signal processing function.
In the reverse link, the baseband interface make AGC LOOP and keep input signal level of
Channel card uniformly.
The basic software structure of DU is following.
Logical Digital Unit
CSM
Control
CSM Management
CAI Overhead
Control
Packet
Control
OS
CAI Modem Driver
Baseband
Interface
Main
Processor
/BSC
Interrupt
Handler
Foward / Reverse
Baseband Control
Radio
Frequency
Units/ CAI
Figure 5.14 software structure of DU
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
5-35
User’s Manual
5.5 Abbreviations
AGC
Automatic Gain Control
AIU
Antenna Interface Unit
BICA
Base band & IF Conversion Card Assembly
BMPA
BTS Main Processor Assembly
BSC
Base Station Controller
BSM
Base Station Manager
BTS
Base station Transceiver Subsystem
CDCA
CDMA Digital Channel card Assembly
COUP
Coupler
CSM
Cell Site Modem
D/A
Digital – Analog Conversion
DNCU
Down Conversion Unit
DPRAM
Dual Port RAM
DU
Digital Unit
EAIU
Extended AIU
EMI
Electro-Magnetic Interference
FA
Frequency Allocation
FLASH
Flash Memory
GPS
Global Positioning System
HDLC
High-level Data Link Controller
IF
Intermediate Frequency
LED
Light Emitting Diode
LNA
Low Noise Amplifier
LPA
Linear Power Amplifier
LPF
Low Pass Filter
MMC
Man-Machine Communication
MS
Mobile Station
MTBF
Mean Time Between Failure
PCS
Personal Communication System
PS
Personal Station
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
5-36
User’s Manual
QPSK
Quadrature Phase Shift Keying
RSSI
Receive Signal Strength Indicator
RRU
Remote RF Unit
RF
Radio Frequency
STFU
Synchronized GPS Time & Frequency Unit
SYNU
Synthesizer Unit
TBD
To Be Determined
TCE
Traffic Channel Element
TOD
Time Of Day
TPTL
Transmit Power Tracking Loop
UPCU
Up Conversion Unit
XCVU
Transceiver Unit
XVBB
Transceiver Back Board
PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL
5-37

---

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.2
Linearized                      : No
Creator                         : Microsoft Word
Create Date                     : Friday, July 09, 1999 4:03:08 PM
Title                           : cover.PDF
Author                          : Unknown
Producer                        : Acrobat PDFWriter 3.02 for Windows
Subject                         : 
Modify Date                     : 1999:07:12 12:03:27
Page Count                      : 326

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools